1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
47 #include <algorithm>
48 #include <cstring>
49 #include <functional>
50 
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
68                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
69                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
70        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
71          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
72      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
73      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
74      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
75   }
76 
77   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
78     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
79       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
80         return false;
81 
82       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
83         return AllowTemplates;
84 
85       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
86       if (!IsType)
87         return false;
88 
89       if (AllowNonTemplates)
90         return true;
91 
92       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
93       // as a template or as a non-template.
94       if (AllowTemplates) {
95         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
96         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
97           return false;
98         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
99         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
100                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
101       }
102 
103       return false;
104     }
105 
106     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
107   }
108 
109  private:
110   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
111   bool WantClassName;
112   bool AllowTemplates;
113   bool AllowNonTemplates;
114 };
115 
116 } // end anonymous namespace
117 
118 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
120   switch (Kind) {
121   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
122   // token kind is a valid type specifier
123   case tok::kw_short:
124   case tok::kw_long:
125   case tok::kw___int64:
126   case tok::kw___int128:
127   case tok::kw_signed:
128   case tok::kw_unsigned:
129   case tok::kw_void:
130   case tok::kw_char:
131   case tok::kw_int:
132   case tok::kw_half:
133   case tok::kw_float:
134   case tok::kw_double:
135   case tok::kw___float128:
136   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
137   case tok::kw_bool:
138   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
139   case tok::kw___auto_type:
140     return true;
141 
142   case tok::annot_typename:
143   case tok::kw_char16_t:
144   case tok::kw_char32_t:
145   case tok::kw_typeof:
146   case tok::annot_decltype:
147   case tok::kw_decltype:
148     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
149 
150   default:
151     break;
152   }
153 
154   return false;
155 }
156 
157 namespace {
158 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
159   NotFound,
160   FoundNonType,
161   FoundType
162 };
163 } // end anonymous namespace
164 
165 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
166 /// dependent class.
167 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
168 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
169 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
170 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
171                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
172                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
173   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
174     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
175   // Look for type decls in base classes.
176   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
177       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
178   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
179     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
180     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
181       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
182     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
183       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
184       // templates.
185       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
186         continue;
187       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
188       if (!TD)
189         continue;
190       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
191           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
192         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
193           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
194         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
195           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
196                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
197             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
198               BaseRD = PS;
199         }
200       }
201     }
202     if (BaseRD) {
203       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
204         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
205           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
206         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
207       }
208       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
209         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
210         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
211           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
212         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
213           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
214           break;
215         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
216           break;
217         }
218       }
219     }
220   }
221 
222   return FoundTypeDecl;
223 }
224 
225 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
226                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
227                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
228   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
229   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
230   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
231       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
232   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
233        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
234        DC = DC->getParent()) {
235     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
236     // templates.
237     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
238     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
239       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
240   }
241   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
242     return nullptr;
243 
244   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
245   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
246   // lookup during template instantiation.
247   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
248 
249   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
250   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
251                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
252   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
253 
254   CXXScopeSpec SS;
255   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
256 
257   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
258   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
259   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
260   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
261   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
262   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
263 }
264 
265 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
266 /// return the declaration of that type.
267 ///
268 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
269 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
270 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
271 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
272 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
273 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
274                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
275                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
276                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
277                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
278                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
279                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
280                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
281   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
282   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
283                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
284                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
285 
286   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
287   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
288   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
289     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
290     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
291       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
292   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
293     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
294 
295     if (!LookupCtx) {
296       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
297         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
298         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
299         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
300         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
301         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
302         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
303         //
304         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
305         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
306         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
307           return nullptr;
308 
309         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
310         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
311         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
312           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
313 
314         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
315         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
316                                        II, NameLoc);
317         return ParsedType::make(T);
318       }
319 
320       return nullptr;
321     }
322 
323     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
324         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
325       return nullptr;
326   }
327 
328   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
329   // lookup for class-names.
330   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
331                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
332   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
333   if (LookupCtx) {
334     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
335     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
336     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
337     // nested-name-specifier.
338     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
339 
340     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
341       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
342       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
343       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
344       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
345       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
346       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
347       LookupName(Result, S);
348     }
349   } else {
350     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
351     LookupName(Result, S);
352 
353     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
354     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
355     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
356       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
357               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
358         return TypeInBase;
359     }
360   }
361 
362   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
363   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
364   case LookupResult::NotFound:
365   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
366     if (CorrectedII) {
367       TypoCorrection Correction =
368           CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
369                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
370                           true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate),
371                       CTK_ErrorRecovery);
372       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
373       TemplateTy Template;
374       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
375       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
376       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
377       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
378       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
379       if (SS && NNS) {
380         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
381         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
382       }
383       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
384           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
385           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
386           // is handled elsewhere).
387           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
388             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
389                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
390         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
391                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
392                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
393                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
394                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
395         if (Ty) {
396           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
397                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
398                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
399           if (SS && NNS)
400             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
401           *CorrectedII = NewII;
402           return Ty;
403         }
404       }
405     }
406     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
407   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
408   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
409     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
410     return nullptr;
411 
412   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
413     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
414     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
415     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
416     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
417     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
418     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
419       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
420       return nullptr;
421     }
422 
423     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
424     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
425          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
426       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
427           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
428         if (!IIDecl ||
429             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
430               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
431           IIDecl = *Res;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     if (!IIDecl) {
436       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
437       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
438       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
439       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
440       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
441       // a type name.
442       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
443       return nullptr;
444     }
445 
446     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
447     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
448     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
449     // perform the name lookup again.
450     break;
451 
452   case LookupResult::Found:
453     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
454     break;
455   }
456 
457   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
458 
459   QualType T;
460   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
461     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
462     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
463     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
464     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
465     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
466     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
467         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
468         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
469       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
470           << &II << /*Type*/1;
471 
472     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
473 
474     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
475     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
476   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
477     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
478     if (!HasTrailingDot)
479       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
480   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
481     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
482       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
483                                                        QualType(), false);
484   }
485 
486   if (T.isNull()) {
487     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
488     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
489     return nullptr;
490   }
491 
492   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
493   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
494   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
495   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
496       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
497     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
498       // Construct a type with type-source information.
499       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
500       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
501 
502       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
503       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
504       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
505       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
506       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
507     } else {
508       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
509     }
510   }
511 
512   return ParsedType::make(T);
513 }
514 
515 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
516 static NestedNameSpecifier *
517 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
518   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
519     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
520     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
521     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
522       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
523     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
524       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
525                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
526     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
527       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
528   }
529   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
530 }
531 
532 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
533 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
534 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
535 /// correctly rejects.
536 static const CXXRecordDecl *
537 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
538   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
539     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
540     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
541       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
542         return MD->getParent();
543   }
544   return nullptr;
545 }
546 
547 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
548                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
549                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
550   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
551 
552   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
553   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
554     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
555     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
556     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
557     // lookup is retried.
558     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
559     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
560     // name specifiers.
561     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
562     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
563   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
564                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
565     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
566     // instantiation time.
567     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
568                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
569 
570     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
571     // template instantiation.
572     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
573                                                                       << RD;
574   } else {
575     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
576     return ParsedType();
577   }
578 
579   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
580 
581   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
582   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
583   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
584   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
585   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
586 
587   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
588   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
589   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
590   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
591   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
592   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
593 }
594 
595 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
596 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
597 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
598 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
599 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
600 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
601   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
602   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
603   LookupName(R, S, false);
604   R.suppressDiagnostics();
605   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
606     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
607       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
608       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
609       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
610       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
611       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
612       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
613       }
614     }
615 
616   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
617 }
618 
619 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
620 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
621 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
622 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
623 /// @code
624 /// template<class T> class A {
625 /// public:
626 ///   typedef int TYPE;
627 /// };
628 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
629 /// public:
630 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
631 /// };
632 /// @endcode
633 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
634   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
635     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
636       return true;
637 
638     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
639 
640     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
641     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
642       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
643         return true;
644     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
645   }
646   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
647 }
648 
649 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
650                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
651                                    Scope *S,
652                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
653                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
654                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
655   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
656   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
657     return;
658   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
659   SuggestedType = nullptr;
660 
661   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
662   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
663   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
664           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
665                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
666                           false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName),
667                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
668     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
669     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
670     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
671       // We corrected to a keyword.
672       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
673                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
674                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
675                        << II);
676       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
677     } else {
678       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
679       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
680         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
681                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
682                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
683                          << II, CanRecover);
684       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
685         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
686         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
687                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
688         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
689                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
690                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
691                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
692                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
693                      CanRecover);
694       } else {
695         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
696       }
697 
698       if (!CanRecover)
699         return;
700 
701       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
702       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
703         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
704                           SourceRange(IILoc));
705       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
706       SuggestedType =
707           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
708                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
709                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
710                       /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
711     }
712     return;
713   }
714 
715   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
716     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
717     UnqualifiedId Name;
718     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
719     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
720     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
721     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
722     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
723                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
724                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
725       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
726       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args)
727         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName;
728       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
729         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
730           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
731       }
732       return;
733     }
734   }
735 
736   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
737   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
738 
739   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
740     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
741                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
742         << II;
743   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
744     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
745                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
746         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
747   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
748     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
749     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
750       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
751 
752     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
753       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
754       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
755       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
756     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
757                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
758   } else {
759     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
760            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
761   }
762 }
763 
764 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
765 /// or
766 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
767   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
768                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
769 
770   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
771     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
772       return true;
773 
774     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
775       return true;
776   }
777 
778   return false;
779 }
780 
781 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
782                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
783                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
784                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
785   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
786   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
787   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
788     StringRef FixItTagName;
789     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
790       case TTK_Class:
791         FixItTagName = "class ";
792         break;
793 
794       case TTK_Enum:
795         FixItTagName = "enum ";
796         break;
797 
798       case TTK_Struct:
799         FixItTagName = "struct ";
800         break;
801 
802       case TTK_Interface:
803         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
804         break;
805 
806       case TTK_Union:
807         FixItTagName = "union ";
808         break;
809     }
810 
811     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
812     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
813       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
814       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
815 
816     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
817          I != IEnd; ++I)
818       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
819         << Name << TagName;
820 
821     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
822     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
823     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
824     return true;
825   }
826 
827   return false;
828 }
829 
830 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
831 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
832                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
833   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
834 
835   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
836   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
837 
838   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
839   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
840   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
841   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
842   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
843 }
844 
845 Sema::NameClassification
846 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
847                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
848                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
849                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
850   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
851   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
852 
853   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
854     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
855     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
856   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
857              isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
858     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
859     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
860     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
861     // will reject it later.
862     return NameClassification::Unknown();
863   }
864 
865   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
866   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
867 
868   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
869   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
870   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
871     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
872             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
873       return TypeInBase;
874   }
875 
876   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
877   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
878   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
879   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
880   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
881     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
882     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
883       return E;
884   }
885 
886   bool SecondTry = false;
887   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
888 
889 Corrected:
890   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
891   case LookupResult::NotFound:
892     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
893     // call.
894     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
895       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
896       // FIXME: Reference?
897       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
898         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
899 
900       // C90 6.3.2.2:
901       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
902       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
903       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
904       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
905       //   the function call, the declaration
906       //
907       //     extern int identifier ();
908       //
909       //   appeared.
910       //
911       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
912       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
913         Result.addDecl(D);
914         Result.resolveKind();
915         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
916       }
917     }
918 
919     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
920     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
921     // "struct", or "union".
922     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
923         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
924       break;
925     }
926 
927     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
928     // close to this name.
929     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
930       SecondTry = true;
931       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
932                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
933                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
934                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
935         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
936         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
937 
938         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
939         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
940         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
941             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
942           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
943           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
944         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
945                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
946                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
947                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
948           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
949           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
950         }
951 
952         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
953           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
954         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
955           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
956           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
957                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
958           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
959                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
960                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
961         }
962 
963         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
964         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
965 
966         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
967         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
968           return Name;
969 
970         // Also update the LookupResult...
971         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
972         Result.clear();
973         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
974         if (FirstDecl)
975           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
976 
977         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
978         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
979         // reference the ivar.
980         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
981         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
982           Result.clear();
983           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
984           return E;
985         }
986 
987         goto Corrected;
988       }
989     }
990 
991     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
992     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
993     return NameClassification::Unknown();
994 
995   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
996     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
997     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
998     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
999 
1000     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1001     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1002     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1003     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1004     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1005     //
1006     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1007     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1008     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1009     // keyword here.
1010     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1011                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1012                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1013   }
1014 
1015   case LookupResult::Found:
1016   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1017   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1018     break;
1019 
1020   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1021     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1022         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
1023       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1024       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1025       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1026       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1027       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1028       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1029       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1030       //   ambiguous.
1031       //
1032       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1033       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1034       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1035       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1036         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1037         break;
1038       }
1039     }
1040 
1041     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1042     return NameClassification::Error();
1043   }
1044 
1045   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1046       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
1047     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1048     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1049     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1050     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1051     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1052     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1053     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1054       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1055 
1056     if (!Result.empty()) {
1057       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1058       bool IsVarTemplate;
1059       TemplateName Template;
1060       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1061         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1062         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1063                                                      Result.end());
1064       } else {
1065         TemplateDecl *TD
1066           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
1067         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1068         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1069 
1070         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
1071           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1072                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
1073                                                       TD);
1074         else
1075           Template = TemplateName(TD);
1076       }
1077 
1078       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1079         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1080         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1081         // to based on which function we selected.
1082         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1083 
1084         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1085       }
1086 
1087       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1088                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1089     }
1090   }
1091 
1092   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1093   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1094     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1095     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1096     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1097     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1098       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1099     return ParsedType::make(T);
1100   }
1101 
1102   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1103   if (!Class) {
1104     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1105     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1106             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1107       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1108   }
1109 
1110   if (Class) {
1111     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1112 
1113     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1114       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1115       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1116       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1117       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1118     }
1119 
1120     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1121     return ParsedType::make(T);
1122   }
1123 
1124   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1125   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1126       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1127     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1128         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1129 
1130   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1131   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1132   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1133   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1134        (NextIsOp &&
1135         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1136       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1137     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1138     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1139     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1140     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1141       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1142     return ParsedType::make(T);
1143   }
1144 
1145   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1146     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1147                                            nullptr, S);
1148 
1149   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1150   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1151 }
1152 
1153 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1154 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1155   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1156   if (!TD)
1157     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1158   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1159     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1160   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1161     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1162   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1163     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1164   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1165     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1166   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1167     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1168   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1169 }
1170 
1171 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1172 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1173 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1174 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1175 
1176   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1177   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1178   // the context we'll need to return to.
1179   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1180   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1181   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1182   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1183   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1184   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1185   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1186   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1187   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1188   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1189     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1190 
1191     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1192     // lexical context.
1193     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1194       return DC;
1195 
1196     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1197     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1198     // class is the context we need to return to.
1199     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1200       DC = RD;
1201 
1202     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1203     // declared in.
1204     return DC;
1205   }
1206 
1207   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1208 }
1209 
1210 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1211   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1212       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1213   CurContext = DC;
1214   S->setEntity(DC);
1215 }
1216 
1217 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1218   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1219 
1220   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1221   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1222 }
1223 
1224 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1225                                                                     Decl *D) {
1226   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1227   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1228   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1229   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1230   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1231   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1232   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1233   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1234   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1235   return Result;
1236 }
1237 
1238 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1239   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1240 }
1241 
1242 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1243 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1244 ///
1245 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1246   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1247   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1248   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1249   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1250   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1251   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1252   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1253   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1254   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1255   //   namespace.
1256   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1257   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1258   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1259   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1260   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1261 
1262   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1263 
1264 #ifndef NDEBUG
1265   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1266   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1267   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1268 #endif
1269 
1270   CurContext = DC;
1271   S->setEntity(DC);
1272 }
1273 
1274 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1275   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1276 
1277   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1278   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1279   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1280   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1281   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1282 
1283   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1284   // disappear.
1285 }
1286 
1287 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1288   // We assume that the caller has already called
1289   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1290   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1291   if (!FD)
1292     return;
1293 
1294   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1295   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1296   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1297     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1298   CurContext = FD;
1299   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1300 
1301   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1302     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1303     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1304     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1305       S->AddDecl(Param);
1306       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1307     }
1308   }
1309 }
1310 
1311 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1312   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1313   // rather than the top-level class.
1314   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1315   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1316   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1317 }
1318 
1319 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1320 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1321 ///
1322 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1323 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1324 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1325 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1326 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1327 /// attribute.
1328 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1329                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1330   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1331     return true;
1332 
1333   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1334     return true;
1335 
1336   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1337           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1338 }
1339 
1340 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1341 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1342   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1343   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1344   // scope.
1345   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1346     S = S->getParent();
1347 
1348   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1349   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1350   // into any context.
1351   if (AddToContext)
1352     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1353 
1354   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1355   // are function-local declarations.
1356   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1357       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1358         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1359       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1360     return;
1361 
1362   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1363   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1364       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1365     return;
1366 
1367   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1368   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1369                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1370   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1371     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1372       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1373       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1374 
1375       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1376       break;
1377     }
1378   }
1379 
1380   S->AddDecl(D);
1381 
1382   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1383     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1384     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1385     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1386     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1387       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1388       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1389         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1390           continue;
1391       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1392         break;
1393     }
1394 
1395     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1396   } else {
1397     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1398   }
1399 }
1400 
1401 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1402   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1403     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1404 }
1405 
1406 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1407                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1408   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1409 }
1410 
1411 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1412   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1413   do {
1414     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1415       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1416         return S;
1417   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1418 
1419   return nullptr;
1420 }
1421 
1422 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1423                                             DeclContext*,
1424                                             ASTContext&);
1425 
1426 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1427 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1428 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1429                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1430                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1431   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1432   while (F.hasNext()) {
1433     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1434 
1435     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1436       continue;
1437 
1438     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1439       continue;
1440 
1441     F.erase();
1442   }
1443 
1444   F.done();
1445 }
1446 
1447 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1448   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1449          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1450          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1451 }
1452 
1453 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1454 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1455   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1456   while (F.hasNext())
1457     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1458       F.erase();
1459 
1460   F.done();
1461 }
1462 
1463 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1464 /// @code
1465 /// class S {
1466 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1467 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1468 /// };
1469 /// @endcode
1470 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1471   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1472   // the decl here.
1473   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1474     return false;
1475 
1476   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1477     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1478   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1479     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1480   return false;
1481 }
1482 
1483 // We need this to handle
1484 //
1485 // typedef struct {
1486 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1487 // } A;
1488 //
1489 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1490 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1491 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1492 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1493 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1494 // not.
1495 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1496   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1497   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1498     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1499       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1500         return true;
1501     }
1502     DC = DC->getParent();
1503   }
1504 
1505   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1506 }
1507 
1508 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1509 // these semantics.
1510 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1511   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1512     return false;
1513   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1514 }
1515 
1516 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1517   assert(D);
1518 
1519   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1520     return false;
1521 
1522   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1523   // of members of class templates.
1524   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1525       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1526     return false;
1527 
1528   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1529     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1530       return false;
1531     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1532     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1533     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1534         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1535       return false;
1536 
1537     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1538       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1539         return false;
1540     } else {
1541       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1542       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1543         return false;
1544     }
1545 
1546     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1547         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1548       return false;
1549   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1550     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1551     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1552     // like "inline".)
1553     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1554       return false;
1555 
1556     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1557       return false;
1558 
1559     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1560         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1561       return false;
1562     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1563         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1564         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1565       return false;
1566 
1567     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1568       return false;
1569   } else {
1570     return false;
1571   }
1572 
1573   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1574   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1575   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1576   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1577 }
1578 
1579 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1580   if (!D)
1581     return;
1582 
1583   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1584     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1585     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1586       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1587   }
1588 
1589   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1590     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1591     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1592       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1593   }
1594 
1595   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1596     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1597 }
1598 
1599 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1600   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1601     return false;
1602 
1603   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1604       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1605     return false;
1606 
1607   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1608     return true;
1609 
1610   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1611   // functions.
1612   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1613   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1614     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1615     WithinFunction =
1616         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1617   if (!WithinFunction)
1618     return false;
1619 
1620   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1621     return true;
1622 
1623   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1624   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1625     return false;
1626 
1627   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1628   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1629 
1630     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1631     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1632 
1633     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1634     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1635       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1636         return false;
1637     }
1638 
1639     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1640     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1641     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1642       return false;
1643 
1644     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1645     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1646     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1647 
1648     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1649       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1650       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1651         return false;
1652 
1653       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1654         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1655           return false;
1656 
1657         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1658           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1659                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1660             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1661           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1662             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1663           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1664             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1665             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1666               return false;
1667           }
1668         }
1669       }
1670     }
1671 
1672     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1673   }
1674 
1675   return true;
1676 }
1677 
1678 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1679                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1680   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1681     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1682                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1683     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1684       return;
1685     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1686                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1687   }
1688 }
1689 
1690 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1691   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1692     return;
1693 
1694   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1695     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1696       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1697     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1698       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1699   }
1700 }
1701 
1702 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1703 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1704 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1705   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1706     return;
1707 
1708   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1709     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1710     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1711     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1712     return;
1713   }
1714 
1715   FixItHint Hint;
1716   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1717 
1718   unsigned DiagID;
1719   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1720     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1721   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1722     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1723   else
1724     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1725 
1726   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1727 }
1728 
1729 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1730   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1731   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1732   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1733   // MS inline assembly label name.
1734   bool Diagnose = false;
1735   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1736     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1737   else
1738     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1739   if (Diagnose)
1740     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1741 }
1742 
1743 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1744   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1745 
1746   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1747   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1748          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1749 
1750   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1751     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1752 
1753     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1754     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1755 
1756     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1757 
1758     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1759     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1760       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1761       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1762         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1763     }
1764 
1765     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1766     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1767       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1768 
1769     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1770     // already.
1771     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1772     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1773     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1774       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1775         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1776             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1777         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1778       }
1779       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1780     }
1781   }
1782 }
1783 
1784 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1785 ///
1786 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1787 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1788 /// to the fixed name.
1789 ///
1790 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1791 ///
1792 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1793 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1794 ///
1795 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1796 /// class could not be found.
1797 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1798                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1799                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1800   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1801   // creation from this context.
1802   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1803 
1804   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1805     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1806     // find an Objective-C class name.
1807     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1808             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1809             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1810             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1811       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1812       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1813       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1814     }
1815   }
1816   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1817   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1818   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1819       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1820   return Def;
1821 }
1822 
1823 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1824 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1825 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1826 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1827 /// ill-formed in C++:
1828 /// @code
1829 /// struct S6 {
1830 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1831 /// };
1832 ///
1833 /// void test_S6() {
1834 ///   struct S6 a;
1835 ///   a.e = BAR;
1836 /// }
1837 /// @endcode
1838 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1839 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1840 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1841 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1842 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1843 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1844 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1845 /// contain non-field names.
1846 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1847   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1848          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1849          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1850     S = S->getParent();
1851   return S;
1852 }
1853 
1854 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1855 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1856 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1857 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1858 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1859                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1860   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1861     return;
1862   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1863 
1864   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1865                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1866   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1867   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1868     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1869       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1870 }
1871 
1872 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1873   switch (Error) {
1874   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1875     return "";
1876   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1877     return "stdio.h";
1878   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1879     return "setjmp.h";
1880   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1881     return "ucontext.h";
1882   }
1883   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1884 }
1885 
1886 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1887 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1888 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1889 /// built-in.
1890 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1891                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1892                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1893   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1894 
1895   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1896   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1897   if (Error) {
1898     if (ForRedeclaration)
1899       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1900           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1901     return nullptr;
1902   }
1903 
1904   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
1905       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
1906        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
1907     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1908         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1909     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1910         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1911       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1912           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1913           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1914   }
1915 
1916   if (R.isNull())
1917     return nullptr;
1918 
1919   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1920   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1921     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1922         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1923                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1924     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1925     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1926     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1927   }
1928 
1929   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1930                                            Parent,
1931                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1932                                            SC_Extern,
1933                                            false,
1934                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1935   New->setImplicit();
1936 
1937   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1938   // FunctionDecl.
1939   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1940     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1941     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1942       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1943           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1944                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1945                               SC_None, nullptr);
1946       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1947       Params.push_back(parm);
1948     }
1949     New->setParams(Params);
1950   }
1951 
1952   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1953   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1954 
1955   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1956   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1957   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1958   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1959   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1960   CurContext = Parent;
1961   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1962   CurContext = SavedContext;
1963   return New;
1964 }
1965 
1966 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1967 /// entity if their types are the same.
1968 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1969 /// isSameEntity.
1970 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1971                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1972                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1973   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1974   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1975     return;
1976 
1977   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1978   if (Previous.empty())
1979     return;
1980 
1981   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1982   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1983     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1984 
1985     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1986     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1987       continue;
1988 
1989     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1990     // different linkages.
1991     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1992       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1993                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1994         continue;
1995 
1996       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1997       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1998       if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1999           OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2000           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2001         continue;
2002     }
2003 
2004     Filter.erase();
2005   }
2006 
2007   Filter.done();
2008 }
2009 
2010 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2011   QualType OldType;
2012   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2013     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2014   else
2015     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2016   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2017 
2018   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2019     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2020     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2021     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2022       << Kind << NewType;
2023     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2024       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2025     New->setInvalidDecl();
2026     return true;
2027   }
2028 
2029   if (OldType != NewType &&
2030       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2031       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2032       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2033     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2034     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2035       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2036     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2037       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2038     New->setInvalidDecl();
2039     return true;
2040   }
2041   return false;
2042 }
2043 
2044 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2045 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
2046 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2047 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2048 ///
2049 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2050                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2051   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2052   // merging checks.
2053   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2054 
2055   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2056   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2057   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
2058     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2059     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2060     default: break;
2061     case 2:
2062       {
2063         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2064           break;
2065         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2066         if (!T->isPointerType())
2067           break;
2068         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2069           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2070           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2071             break;
2072         }
2073         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2074         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2075         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2076         return;
2077       }
2078     case 5:
2079       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2080         break;
2081       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2082       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2083       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2084       return;
2085     case 3:
2086       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2087         break;
2088       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2089       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2090       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2091       return;
2092     }
2093     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2094   }
2095 
2096   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2097   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2098   if (!Old) {
2099     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2100       << New->getDeclName();
2101 
2102     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2103     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2104       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2105 
2106     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2107   }
2108 
2109   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2110   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2111     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2112 
2113   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2114     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2115     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2116     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2117     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
2118         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2119         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2120       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2121       // instead of our tag.
2122       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2123       if (OldTD->isModed())
2124         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2125                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2126       else
2127         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2128 
2129       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2130       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2131 
2132       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2133       // out of the scope.
2134       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2135         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2136         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2137           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2138           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2139           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2140           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2141           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2142         }
2143       }
2144     }
2145   }
2146 
2147   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2148   // with any extensions enabled.
2149   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2150     return;
2151 
2152   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2153   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2154   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2155     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2156     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2157   }
2158 
2159   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2160     return;
2161 
2162   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2163     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2164     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2165     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2166     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2167     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2168       return;
2169 
2170     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2171     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2172     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2173     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2174     //
2175     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2176     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2177     //
2178     //   struct S {
2179     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2180     //   };
2181     //
2182     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2183     // allow the above but disallow
2184     //
2185     //   struct S {
2186     //     typedef int I;
2187     //     typedef int I;
2188     //   };
2189     //
2190     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2191     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2192       return;
2193 
2194     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2195       << New->getDeclName();
2196     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2197     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2198   }
2199 
2200   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2201   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2202     return;
2203 
2204   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2205   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2206   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2207   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2208   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2209       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2210       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2211        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2212        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2213     return;
2214 
2215   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2216     << New->getDeclName();
2217   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2218 }
2219 
2220 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2221 /// attribute.
2222 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2223   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2224   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2225   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2226     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2227       if (Ann) {
2228         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2229           return true;
2230         continue;
2231       }
2232       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2233       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2234         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2235       return true;
2236     }
2237 
2238   return false;
2239 }
2240 
2241 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2242   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2243     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2244   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2245     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2246   return true;
2247 }
2248 
2249 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2250 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2251 ///
2252 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2253 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2254   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2255   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2256   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2257   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2258   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2259   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2260     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2261     // in a case like:
2262     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2263     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2264     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2265     // definition in such a case.
2266     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2267       return false;
2268 
2269     if (I->isAlignas())
2270       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2271 
2272     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2273     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2274       OldAlign = Align;
2275       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2276     }
2277   }
2278 
2279   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2280   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2281   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2282   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2283     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2284       return false;
2285 
2286     if (I->isAlignas())
2287       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2288 
2289     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2290     if (Align > NewAlign)
2291       NewAlign = Align;
2292   }
2293 
2294   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2295     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2296     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2297     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2298     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2299 
2300     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2301     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2302     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2303       QualType Ty;
2304       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2305         Ty = VD->getType();
2306       else
2307         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2308 
2309       if (OldAlign == 0)
2310         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2311       if (NewAlign == 0)
2312         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2313     }
2314 
2315     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2316       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2317         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2318         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2319       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2320     }
2321   }
2322 
2323   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2324     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2325     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2326     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2327     //   equivalent alignment.
2328     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2329     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2330     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2331     //   have no alignment specifier.
2332     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2333       << OldAlignasAttr;
2334     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2335       << OldAlignasAttr;
2336   }
2337 
2338   bool AnyAdded = false;
2339 
2340   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2341   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2342     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2343     Clone->setInherited(true);
2344     New->addAttr(Clone);
2345     AnyAdded = true;
2346   }
2347 
2348   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2349   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2350       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2351     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2352     Clone->setInherited(true);
2353     New->addAttr(Clone);
2354     AnyAdded = true;
2355   }
2356 
2357   return AnyAdded;
2358 }
2359 
2360 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2361                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2362                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2363   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2364   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2365   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2366   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2367   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2368   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2369   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2370   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2371   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2372   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2373     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2374                                       AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2375                                       AA->getDeprecated(),
2376                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2377                                       AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(),
2378                                       AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2379                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2380   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2381     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2382                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2383   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2384     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2385                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2386   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2387     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2388                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2389   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2390     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2391                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2392   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2393     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2394                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2395                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2396   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2397     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2398                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2399   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2400     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2401                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2402                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2403   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2404     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2405                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2406                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2407   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2408            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2409             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2410     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2411     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2412     return false;
2413   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2414     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2415   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2416     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2417   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2418     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2419         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2420         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2421         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2422   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2423     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2424                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2425                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2426   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2427     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2428     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2429     NewAttr = nullptr;
2430   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2431            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2432             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2433     NewAttr = nullptr;
2434   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2435     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex,
2436                               UA->getGuid());
2437   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2438     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2439 
2440   if (NewAttr) {
2441     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2442     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2443     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2444       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2445     return true;
2446   }
2447 
2448   return false;
2449 }
2450 
2451 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2452   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2453     return TD->getDefinition();
2454   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2455     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2456     if (Def)
2457       return Def;
2458     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2459   }
2460   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2461     return FD->getDefinition();
2462   return nullptr;
2463 }
2464 
2465 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2466   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2467     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2468       return true;
2469   return false;
2470 }
2471 
2472 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2473 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2474 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2475   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2476     return;
2477 
2478   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2479   if (!Def || Def == New)
2480     return;
2481 
2482   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2483   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2484     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2485 
2486     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2487       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2488         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2489         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2490 
2491         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2492         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2493           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2494           --E;
2495           continue;
2496         }
2497       } else {
2498         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2499         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2500                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2501                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2502                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2503         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2504         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2505           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2506         else
2507           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2508         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2509       }
2510       ++I;
2511       continue;
2512     }
2513 
2514     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2515       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2516       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2517         ++I;
2518         continue;
2519       }
2520     }
2521 
2522     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2523       ++I;
2524       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2525     }
2526 
2527     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2528       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2529       ++I;
2530       continue;
2531     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2532       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2533         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2534         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2535         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2536         //   equivalent alignment.
2537         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2538         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2539         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2540         //   have no alignment specifier.
2541         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2542           << AA;
2543         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2544           << AA;
2545         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2546         --E;
2547         continue;
2548       }
2549     }
2550 
2551     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2552            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2553     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2554     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2555     --E;
2556   }
2557 }
2558 
2559 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2560 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2561                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2562   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2563     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2564     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2565     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2566   }
2567 
2568   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2569     return;
2570 
2571   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2572   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2573 
2574   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2575     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2576       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2577         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2578         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2579         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2580       }
2581     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2582       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2583       // already been ODR-used.
2584       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2585         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2586     }
2587   }
2588 
2589   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2590   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2591     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2592       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2593         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2594                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2595           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2596                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2597               << NewTag;
2598           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2599         }
2600       }
2601     } else {
2602       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2603       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2604     }
2605   }
2606 
2607   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2608     return;
2609 
2610   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2611 
2612   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2613   // we process them.
2614   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2615 
2616   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2617     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2618     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2619     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2620         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2621         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2622       switch (AMK) {
2623       case AMK_None:
2624         continue;
2625 
2626       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2627       case AMK_Override:
2628       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2629         LocalAMK = AMK;
2630         break;
2631       }
2632     }
2633 
2634     // Already handled.
2635     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2636       continue;
2637 
2638     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2639       foundAny = true;
2640   }
2641 
2642   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2643     foundAny = true;
2644 
2645   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2646 }
2647 
2648 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2649 /// to the new one.
2650 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2651                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2652                                      Sema &S) {
2653   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2654   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2655   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2656   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2657   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2658   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2659     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2660            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2661     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2662     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2663     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2664       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2665     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2666       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2667     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2668            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2669   }
2670 
2671   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2672     return;
2673 
2674   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2675 
2676   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2677   // done before we process them.
2678   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2679 
2680   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2681     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2682       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2683         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2684       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2685       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2686       foundAny = true;
2687     }
2688   }
2689 
2690   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2691 }
2692 
2693 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2694                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2695                                 Sema &S) {
2696   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2697     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2698       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2699         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2700           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2701                *Newnullability,
2702                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2703                 != 0))
2704           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2705                *Oldnullability,
2706                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2707                 != 0));
2708         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2709       }
2710     } else {
2711       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2712       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2713                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2714                          NewT, NewT);
2715       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2716     }
2717   }
2718 }
2719 
2720 namespace {
2721 
2722 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2723 /// C.
2724 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2725   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2726   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2727   QualType PromotedType;
2728 };
2729 
2730 } // end anonymous namespace
2731 
2732 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2733 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2734   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2735     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2736       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2737 
2738     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2739       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2740 
2741     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2742       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2743   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2744     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2745   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2746     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2747   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2748     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2749   }
2750 
2751   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2752 }
2753 
2754 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2755 // declaration, or a declaration.
2756 template <typename T>
2757 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2758 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2759   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2760   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2761   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2762     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2763   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2764     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2765     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2766       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2767   } else
2768     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2769   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2770 }
2771 
2772 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2773 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2774 /// GNU89 mode.
2775 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2776                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2777   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2778           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2779           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2780           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2781 }
2782 
2783 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2784   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2785   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2786     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2787   return AT;
2788 }
2789 
2790 template <typename T>
2791 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2792   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2793   if (DC->isRecord())
2794     return false;
2795 
2796   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2797   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2798     return true;
2799   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2800     return true;
2801   return false;
2802 }
2803 
2804 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2805 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2806 
2807 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2808 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2809 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2810 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2811 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2812                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2813   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2814   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2815   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2816   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2817   //      and function templates; or
2818   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2819   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2820   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2821   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2822   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2823 
2824   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2825   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2826   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2827   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2828   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2829 
2830   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2831   if (Old &&
2832       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2833           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2834       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2835     Old = nullptr;
2836 
2837   if (!Old) {
2838     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2839     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2840     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2841     return true;
2842   }
2843   return false;
2844 }
2845 
2846 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
2847                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
2848   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
2849 
2850   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
2851     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2852     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2853     if (AttrA == AttrB)
2854       return true;
2855     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType();
2856   };
2857 
2858   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
2859 }
2860 
2861 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2862 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2863 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2864 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2865 ///
2866 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2867 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2868 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2869 /// merged with.
2870 ///
2871 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2872 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2873                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2874   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2875   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2876   if (!Old) {
2877     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2878       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2879         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2880         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2881              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2882         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2883              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2884         return true;
2885       }
2886 
2887       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2888       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2889         return true;
2890       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2891     } else {
2892       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2893         << New->getDeclName();
2894       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2895       return true;
2896     }
2897   }
2898 
2899   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2900   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2901     return true;
2902 
2903   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2904   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2905   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2906       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2907 
2908   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2909   // is an extern inline function.
2910   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2911   // storage classes.
2912   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2913       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2914       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2915       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2916       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2917     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2918       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2919       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2920     } else {
2921       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2922       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2923       return true;
2924     }
2925   }
2926 
2927   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2928       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
2929     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
2930         << New->getDeclName();
2931     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2932     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
2933   }
2934 
2935   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2936   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2937   // convention of the first.
2938   //
2939   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2940   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2941   //
2942   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2943   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2944   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2945   //
2946   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2947   // other tests to run.
2948   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2949   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2950   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2951   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2952   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2953   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2954   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2955 
2956   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2957     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2958     const FunctionType *FT =
2959         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2960     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2961     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2962     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2963       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2964       // there but not here.
2965       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2966       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2967     } else {
2968       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2969       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2970       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2971         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2972         << !FirstCCExplicit
2973         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2974             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2975 
2976       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2977       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2978       return true;
2979     }
2980   }
2981 
2982   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2983   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2984     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2985     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2986   }
2987 
2988   // Merge regparm attribute.
2989   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2990       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2991     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2992       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2993         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2994         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2995       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2996       return true;
2997     }
2998 
2999     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3000     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3001   }
3002 
3003   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3004   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3005     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3006       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3007           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3008       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3009       return true;
3010     }
3011 
3012     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3013     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3014   }
3015 
3016   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3017       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3018     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3019       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3020         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3021       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3022       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3023       return true;
3024     }
3025 
3026     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3027     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3028   }
3029 
3030   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3031     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3032     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3033     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3034     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3035     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3036   }
3037 
3038   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3039   // UndefinedButUsed.
3040   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3041       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3042       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3043       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3044       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3045     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3046                                            SourceLocation()));
3047 
3048   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3049   // about it.
3050   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3051       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3052     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3053   }
3054 
3055   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3056   // redeclaration.
3057   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3058       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3059     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3060         << New->getDeclName();
3061     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3062     return true;
3063   }
3064 
3065   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3066     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3067     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3068     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3069     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3070 
3071     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3072     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3073     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3074     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3075     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3076     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3077       return true;
3078     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3079     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3080 
3081     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3082     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3083     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3084     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3085     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3086     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
3087         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
3088              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3089              : OldType)->getReturnType();
3090     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
3091         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
3092              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3093              : NewType)->getReturnType();
3094     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3095         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3096           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
3097       QualType ResQT;
3098       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3099           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3100         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3101       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3102         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3103           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3104               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3105         else
3106           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3107               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3108         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3109                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3110         return true;
3111       }
3112       else
3113         NewQType = ResQT;
3114     }
3115 
3116     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3117     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3118     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3119       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3120       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3121       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3122       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3123         New->setType(
3124             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3125                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3126                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3127         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3128             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3129                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3130                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3131       }
3132     }
3133 
3134     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3135     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3136     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3137       // Preserve triviality.
3138       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3139 
3140       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3141       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3142       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3143       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3144                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3145                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3146       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3147 
3148       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3149           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3150         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3151         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3152         //       is a static member function declaration.
3153         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3154           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3155           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3156           return true;
3157         }
3158 
3159         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3160         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3161         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3162         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3163         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3164           unsigned NewDiag;
3165           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3166             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3167           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3168             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3169           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3170             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3171           else
3172             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3173 
3174           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3175         } else {
3176           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3177             << New << New->getType();
3178         }
3179         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3180         return true;
3181 
3182       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3183       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3184       //
3185       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3186       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3187       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3188         if (isFriend) {
3189           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3190         } else {
3191           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3192                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3193             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3194           return true;
3195         }
3196       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3197         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3198              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3199           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3200         return true;
3201       }
3202     }
3203 
3204     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3205     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3206     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3207     //   attribute.
3208     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3209     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3210       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3211       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3212            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3213     }
3214 
3215     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3216     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3217     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3218     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3219     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3220     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3221       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3222            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3223       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3224            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3225     }
3226 
3227     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3228     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3229     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3230     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3231 
3232     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3233     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3234     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3235       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3236       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3237         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3238       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3239       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3240     }
3241 
3242     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3243       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3244       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3245       //
3246       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3247       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3248       // linkage within class scope.
3249       //
3250       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3251       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3252         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3253         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3254       } else {
3255         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3256         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3257         return true;
3258       }
3259     }
3260 
3261     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3262       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3263 
3264     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3265         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
3266       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
3267       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
3268       // when we instantiate the function.
3269       return false;
3270     }
3271 
3272     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3273   }
3274 
3275   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3276   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3277   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3278       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3279     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3280     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3281     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3282     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3283         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3284       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3285       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3286       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3287       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3288       NewQType =
3289           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3290                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3291       New->setType(NewQType);
3292       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3293 
3294       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3295       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3296       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3297         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3298                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3299                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3300                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3301         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3302         Param->setImplicit();
3303         Params.push_back(Param);
3304       }
3305 
3306       New->setParams(Params);
3307     }
3308 
3309     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3310   }
3311 
3312   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3313   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3314   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3315   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3316   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3317   // the prototype.
3318   //
3319   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3320   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3321   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3322   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3323   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3324       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3325       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3326       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3327     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3328     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3329     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3330       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3331     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3332       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3333 
3334     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3335     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3336                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3337     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3338     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3339          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3340       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3341       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3342       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3343                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3344         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3345       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3346                                             NewParm->getType(),
3347                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3348         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3349                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3350         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3351         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3352       } else
3353         LooseCompatible = false;
3354     }
3355 
3356     if (LooseCompatible) {
3357       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3358         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3359              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3360           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3361           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3362         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3363           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3364                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3365       }
3366 
3367       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3368         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3369                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3370       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3371     }
3372 
3373     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3374   }
3375 
3376   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3377   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3378 
3379   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3380   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3381   unsigned BuiltinID;
3382   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3383     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3384     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3385     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3386       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3387       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3388         << Old << Old->getType();
3389 
3390       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3391       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3392       //
3393       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3394       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3395       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3396       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3397       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3398       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3399         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3400 
3401       return false;
3402     }
3403 
3404     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3405   }
3406 
3407   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3408   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3409   return true;
3410 }
3411 
3412 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3413 /// known to be compatible.
3414 ///
3415 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3416 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3417 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3418 /// redeclaration of Old.
3419 ///
3420 /// \returns false
3421 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3422                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3423   // Merge the attributes
3424   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3425 
3426   // Merge "pure" flag.
3427   if (Old->isPure())
3428     New->setPure();
3429 
3430   // Merge "used" flag.
3431   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3432     New->setIsUsed();
3433 
3434   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3435   // declarations.
3436   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3437       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3438         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3439         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3440         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3441         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3442       }
3443 
3444   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3445     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3446 
3447   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3448   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3449   // was visible.
3450   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3451   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3452     New->setType(Merged);
3453 
3454   return false;
3455 }
3456 
3457 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3458                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3459   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3460   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3461     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3462       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3463       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3464                                                        : AMK_Override;
3465 
3466   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3467 
3468   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3469   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3470                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3471   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3472          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3473        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3474     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3475 
3476   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3477 }
3478 
3479 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3480   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3481 
3482   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3483          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3484          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3485     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3486 
3487   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3488   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3489   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3490     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3491   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3492   New->setInvalidDecl();
3493 }
3494 
3495 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3496 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3497 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3498 ///
3499 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3500 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3501 /// is attached.
3502 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3503                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3504   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3505     return;
3506 
3507   QualType MergedT;
3508   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3509     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3510       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3511       return;
3512     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3513       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3514       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3515     }
3516     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3517     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3518     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3519     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3520     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3521     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3522       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3523       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3524 
3525       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3526       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3527       // mismatch.
3528       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3529         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3530              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3531           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3532           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3533             continue;
3534 
3535           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3536             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3537         }
3538       }
3539 
3540       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3541         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3542                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3543           MergedT = New->getType();
3544       }
3545       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3546       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3547       // visible.
3548       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3549         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3550                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3551           MergedT = Old->getType();
3552       }
3553     }
3554     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3555                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3556       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3557                                               Old->getType());
3558     }
3559   } else {
3560     // C 6.2.7p2:
3561     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3562     //   compatible type.
3563     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3564   }
3565   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3566     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3567     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3568     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3569     // equivalent.
3570     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3571     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3572          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3573       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3574       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3575       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3576       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3577         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3578       return;
3579     }
3580     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3581   }
3582 
3583   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3584   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3585   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3586     New->setType(MergedT);
3587 }
3588 
3589 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3590                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3591   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3592   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3593   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3594   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3595   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3596   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3597   //
3598   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3599   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3600     return false;
3601 
3602   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3603     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3604     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3605     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3606     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3607     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3608            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3609             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3610   } else {
3611     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3612     // type unless we're in the same function.
3613     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3614            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3615   }
3616 }
3617 
3618 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3619 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3620 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3621 ///
3622 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3623 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3624 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3625 ///
3626 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3627   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3628   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3629     return;
3630 
3631   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3632     return;
3633 
3634   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3635 
3636   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3637   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3638   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3639   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3640     if (NewTemplate) {
3641       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3642       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3643 
3644       if (auto *Shadow =
3645               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3646         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3647           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3648     } else {
3649       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3650 
3651       if (auto *Shadow =
3652               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3653         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3654           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3655     }
3656   }
3657   if (!Old) {
3658     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3659         << New->getDeclName();
3660     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
3661                            New->getLocation());
3662     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3663   }
3664 
3665   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3666   if (NewTemplate &&
3667       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3668                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3669                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3670     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3671 
3672   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3673   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3674   //
3675   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3676   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3677     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3678       << New->getIdentifier();
3679     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3680     New->setInvalidDecl();
3681   }
3682 
3683   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3684   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3685   // declaration
3686   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3687       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3688       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3689     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3690     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3691     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3692     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3693   }
3694 
3695   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3696       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3697     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3698         << New->getDeclName();
3699     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3700     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3701   }
3702 
3703   // Merge the types.
3704   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3705   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3706     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3707                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3708     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3709       return;
3710   }
3711 
3712   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3713   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3714     return;
3715 
3716   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3717   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3718   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3719       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3720 
3721   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3722   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3723       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3724       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3725     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3726       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3727           << New->getDeclName();
3728       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3729     } else {
3730       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3731           << New->getDeclName();
3732       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3733       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3734     }
3735   }
3736   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3737   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3738   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3739   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3740   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3741   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3742   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3743   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3744   //   identifier has external linkage.
3745   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3746     /* Okay */;
3747   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3748            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3749            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3750     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3751     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3752     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3753   }
3754 
3755   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3756   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3757       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3758     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3759     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3760     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3761   }
3762   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3763       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3764     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3765     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3766     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3767   }
3768 
3769   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3770 
3771   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3772   // need to check for mismatches.
3773   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3774       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3775       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3776         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3777     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3778     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3779     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3780   }
3781 
3782   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
3783     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3784       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
3785       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
3786       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
3787       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
3788       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3789     }
3790   }
3791 
3792   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3793   // UndefinedButUsed.
3794   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
3795       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3796     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3797                                            SourceLocation()));
3798 
3799   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3800     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3801       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3802       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3803     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3804       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3805       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3806     } else {
3807       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3808       // static and dynamic initialization.
3809       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3810       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3811       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3812         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3813       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3814     }
3815   }
3816 
3817   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3818   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3819       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
3820     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
3821         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
3822       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
3823       Diag(New->getLocation(),
3824            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
3825     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3826       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
3827         return;
3828     }
3829   }
3830 
3831   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3832     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3833     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3834     New->setInvalidDecl();
3835     return;
3836   }
3837 
3838   // Merge "used" flag.
3839   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3840     New->setIsUsed();
3841 
3842   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3843   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3844   if (NewTemplate)
3845     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3846 
3847   // Inherit access appropriately.
3848   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3849   if (NewTemplate)
3850     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3851 
3852   if (Old->isInline())
3853     New->setImplicitlyInline();
3854 }
3855 
3856 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
3857   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
3858   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
3859   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
3860   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
3861   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
3862   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
3863   StringRef HdrFilename =
3864       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
3865 
3866   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
3867                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
3868     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
3869     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
3870     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
3871     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
3872     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
3873       if (Mod) {
3874         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
3875             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
3876         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
3877           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
3878               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
3879       } else {
3880         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
3881             << HdrFilename.str();
3882       }
3883       return true;
3884     }
3885 
3886     return false;
3887   };
3888 
3889   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
3890   // this leads to a redefinition error.
3891   bool EmittedDiag = false;
3892   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
3893     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
3894     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
3895     EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
3896     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
3897 
3898     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
3899     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
3900       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
3901 
3902     if (EmittedDiag)
3903       return;
3904   }
3905 
3906   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
3907   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3908 }
3909 
3910 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
3911 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
3912 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
3913   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
3914       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3915        New->isInline() ||
3916        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3917        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3918        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3919     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3920     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
3921     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
3922 
3923     // Make the canonical definition visible.
3924     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3925       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
3926     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
3927     return false;
3928   } else {
3929     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3930     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3931     New->setInvalidDecl();
3932     return true;
3933   }
3934 }
3935 
3936 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3937 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3938 Decl *
3939 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3940                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3941   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
3942                                     AnonRecord);
3943 }
3944 
3945 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3946 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3947 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3948 // compatibility.
3949 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3950 // targeted.
3951 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3952   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3953              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3954              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3955 }
3956 
3957 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3958   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3959     return;
3960 
3961   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3962     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3963     // it is anonymous.
3964     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3965       return;
3966     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3967         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3968     Context.setManglingNumber(
3969         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3970                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3971     return;
3972   }
3973 
3974   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3975   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3976   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3977           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3978     Context.setManglingNumber(
3979         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3980                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3981   }
3982 }
3983 
3984 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3985                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3986   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3987     return;
3988 
3989   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3990   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3991     return;
3992 
3993   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3994   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3995 
3996   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3997   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3998                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3999     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4000       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4001     return;
4002   }
4003 
4004   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
4005   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
4006   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
4007   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
4008   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
4009   // for how to handle it.
4010   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
4011     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
4012 
4013     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
4014     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
4015 
4016     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
4017     textToInsert += ' ';
4018     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4019     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
4020         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
4021     return;
4022   }
4023 
4024   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4025   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4026 }
4027 
4028 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4029   switch (T) {
4030   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4031     return 0;
4032   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4033     return 1;
4034   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4035     return 2;
4036   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4037     return 3;
4038   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4039     return 4;
4040   default:
4041     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4042   }
4043 }
4044 
4045 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4046 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4047 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4048 Decl *
4049 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4050                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4051                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4052                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4053   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4054   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4055   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4056       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4057       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4058       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4059       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4060     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4061 
4062     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4063       return nullptr;
4064 
4065     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4066     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4067     // it's a Type.
4068     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4069       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4070     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4071       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4072   }
4073 
4074   if (Tag) {
4075     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4076     Tag->setFreeStanding();
4077     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4078       return Tag;
4079   }
4080 
4081   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4082     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4083     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4084     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4085       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4086            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4087            << DS.getSourceRange();
4088   }
4089 
4090   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4091     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4092         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
4093 
4094   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
4095     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4096     // and definitions of functions and variables.
4097     if (Tag)
4098       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4099           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
4100     else
4101       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
4102     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4103     return TagD;
4104   }
4105 
4106   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
4107     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
4108     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
4109     // its initializer.
4110     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
4111     return TagD;
4112   }
4113 
4114   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4115 
4116   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4117     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4118     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4119     if (TagD && !Tag)
4120       return nullptr;
4121     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4122   }
4123 
4124   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4125   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4126     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4127   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4128       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4129       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4130     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4131     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4132     // or an explicit specialization.
4133     //
4134     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4135     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4136     //
4137     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4138     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4139         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4140     return nullptr;
4141   }
4142 
4143   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4144   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4145 
4146   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4147   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4148     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4149         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4150       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4151           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4152         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4153         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4154         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4155         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4156         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4157         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4158         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4159         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4160           AnonRecord = Record;
4161         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4162                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4163       }
4164 
4165       DeclaresAnything = false;
4166     }
4167   }
4168 
4169   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4170   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4171   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4172   //
4173   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4174   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4175   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4176       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4177     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4178     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4179     //   struct STRUCT;
4180     //   union UNION;
4181     // and
4182     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4183     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4184     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4185         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4186       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4187       if (Tag)
4188         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4189       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4190                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4191         Record = RT->getDecl();
4192       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4193         Record = UT->getDecl();
4194 
4195       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4196         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4197           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4198         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4199       }
4200 
4201       DeclaresAnything = false;
4202     }
4203   }
4204 
4205   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4206   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4207       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4208     return TagD;
4209 
4210   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4211       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4212     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4213       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4214           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4215         DeclaresAnything = false;
4216 
4217   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4218     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4219     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4220       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4221         << DS.getSourceRange();
4222     else
4223       DeclaresAnything = false;
4224   }
4225 
4226   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4227       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4228     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4229       << Tag->getTagKind()
4230       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4231 
4232   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4233 
4234   // C 6.7/2:
4235   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4236   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4237   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4238   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4239   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4240   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4241   //   previous declaration.
4242   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4243     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4244     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4245     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4246     return TagD;
4247   }
4248 
4249   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4250   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4251   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4252   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4253   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4254   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4255   //
4256   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4257   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4258   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4259     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4260 
4261   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4262   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4263   // useless.
4264   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4265     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4266       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4267       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4268       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4269     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4270       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4271         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4272   }
4273 
4274   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4275     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4276       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4277   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4278     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4279       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4280     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4281       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4282     // Restrict is covered above.
4283     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4284       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4285     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4286       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4287   }
4288 
4289   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4290   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4291   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4292   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4293     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4294     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4295         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4296         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4297         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4298         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4299       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
4300            attrs = attrs->getNext())
4301         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4302             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4303     }
4304   }
4305 
4306   return TagD;
4307 }
4308 
4309 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4310 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4311 ///
4312 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4313 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4314                                          Scope *S,
4315                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4316                                          DeclarationName Name,
4317                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4318                                          bool IsUnion) {
4319   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4320                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4321   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4322 
4323   // Pick a representative declaration.
4324   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4325   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4326 
4327   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4328     return false;
4329 
4330   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4331     << IsUnion << Name;
4332   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4333 
4334   return true;
4335 }
4336 
4337 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4338 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4339 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4340 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4341 /// struct, e.g.,
4342 ///
4343 /// @code
4344 /// union {
4345 ///   int i;
4346 ///   float f;
4347 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4348 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4349 /// @endcode
4350 ///
4351 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4352 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4353 static bool
4354 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4355                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4356                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4357   bool Invalid = false;
4358 
4359   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4360   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4361     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4362         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4363       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4364       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4365                                        VD->getLocation(),
4366                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4367         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4368         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4369         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4370         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4371         Invalid = true;
4372       } else {
4373         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4374         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4375         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4376         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4377         //   anonymous union is declared.
4378         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4379         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4380           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4381         else
4382           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4383 
4384         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4385         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4386           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4387         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4388           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4389 
4390         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4391             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4392             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4393 
4394         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4395           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4396 
4397         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4398         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4399         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4400 
4401         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4402         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4403 
4404         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4405       }
4406     }
4407   }
4408 
4409   return Invalid;
4410 }
4411 
4412 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4413 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4414 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4415 static StorageClass
4416 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4417   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4418   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4419          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4420   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4421   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4422   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4423     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4424       return SC_None;
4425     return SC_Extern;
4426   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4427   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4428   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4429   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4430     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4431   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4432   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4433   }
4434   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4435 }
4436 
4437 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4438   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4439 
4440   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4441     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4442     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4443       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4444     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4445       return FD->getLocation();
4446   }
4447 
4448   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4449 }
4450 
4451 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4452                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4453   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4454     return;
4455 
4456   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4457   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4458 }
4459 
4460 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4461                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4462   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4463     return;
4464 
4465   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4466 }
4467 
4468 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4469 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4470 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4471 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4472 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4473                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4474                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4475                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4476   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4477 
4478   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4479   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4480     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4481   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4482     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4483   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4484     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4485 
4486   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4487   // structs/unions.
4488   bool Invalid = false;
4489   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4490     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4491     unsigned DiagID;
4492     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4493       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4494       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4495       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4496       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4497           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4498            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4499             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4500         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4501           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4502 
4503         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4504         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4505                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4506       }
4507       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4508       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4509       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4510       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4511                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4512         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4513              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4514           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4515 
4516         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4517         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4518                                SourceLocation(),
4519                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4520       }
4521     }
4522 
4523     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4524     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4525       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4526         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4527           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4528           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4529       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4530         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4531              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4532           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4533           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4534       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4535         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4536              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4537           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4538           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4539       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4540         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4541              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4542           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4543           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4544       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4545         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4546              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4547           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4548           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4549 
4550       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4551     }
4552 
4553     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4554     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4555     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4556     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4557     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4558       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4559         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4560         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4561         //   members (clause 11).
4562         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4563         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4564           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4565             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4566           Invalid = true;
4567         }
4568 
4569         // C++ [class.union]p1
4570         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4571         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4572         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4573         //   array of such objects.
4574         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4575           Invalid = true;
4576       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4577         // Any implicit members are fine.
4578       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4579         // This is a type that showed up in an
4580         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4581         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4582         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4583       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4584         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4585             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4586           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4587           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4588             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4589               << Record->isUnion();
4590           else {
4591             // This is a nested type declaration.
4592             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4593               << Record->isUnion();
4594             Invalid = true;
4595           }
4596         } else {
4597           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4598           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4599           // not part of standard C++.
4600           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4601                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4602             << Record->isUnion();
4603         }
4604       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4605         // Any access specifier is fine.
4606       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4607         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4608       } else {
4609         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4610         // member. Complain about it.
4611         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4612         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4613           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4614         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4615           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4616         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4617           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4618 
4619         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4620         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4621             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4622           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4623             << Record->isUnion();
4624         else {
4625           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4626           Invalid = true;
4627         }
4628       }
4629     }
4630 
4631     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4632     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4633     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4634     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4635         Owner->isRecord())
4636       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4637                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4638   }
4639 
4640   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4641     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4642       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4643     Invalid = true;
4644   }
4645 
4646   // Mock up a declarator.
4647   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4648   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4649   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4650 
4651   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4652   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4653   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4654     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4655                              DS.getLocStart(),
4656                              Record->getLocation(),
4657                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4658                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4659                              TInfo,
4660                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4661                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4662     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4663     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4664       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4665   } else {
4666     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4667     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4668     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4669       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4670       // an error here
4671       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4672       Invalid = true;
4673       SC = SC_None;
4674     }
4675 
4676     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4677                            DS.getLocStart(),
4678                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4679                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4680                            TInfo, SC);
4681 
4682     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4683     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4684     // initializer:
4685     //   union { int n = 0; };
4686     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
4687   }
4688   Anon->setImplicit();
4689 
4690   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4691   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4692 
4693   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4694   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4695   // its members.
4696   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4697 
4698   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4699   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4700   // purposes.
4701   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4702   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4703 
4704   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
4705     Invalid = true;
4706 
4707   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4708     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4709       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4710       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4711               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4712         Context.setManglingNumber(
4713             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4714                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4715         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4716       }
4717     }
4718   }
4719 
4720   if (Invalid)
4721     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4722 
4723   return Anon;
4724 }
4725 
4726 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4727 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4728 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4729 /// Example:
4730 ///
4731 /// struct A { int a; };
4732 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4733 ///
4734 /// void foo() {
4735 ///   B var;
4736 ///   var.a = 3;
4737 /// }
4738 ///
4739 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4740                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4741   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4742 
4743   // Mock up a declarator.
4744   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4745   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4746   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4747 
4748   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4749   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4750 
4751   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4752   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4753                              ParentDecl,
4754                              DS.getLocStart(),
4755                              DS.getLocStart(),
4756                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4757                              RecTy,
4758                              TInfo,
4759                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4760                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4761   Anon->setImplicit();
4762 
4763   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4764   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4765 
4766   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4767   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4768   // purposes.
4769   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4770   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4771 
4772   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4773   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4774                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4775       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4776                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
4777     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4778     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4779   }
4780 
4781   return Anon;
4782 }
4783 
4784 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4785 /// given Declarator.
4786 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4787   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4788 }
4789 
4790 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4791 DeclarationNameInfo
4792 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4793   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4794   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4795 
4796   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4797 
4798   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4799   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4800     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4801     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4802     return NameInfo;
4803 
4804   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
4805     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
4806     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
4807     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
4808     //   of the simple-template-id.
4809     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
4810     // class template.
4811     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
4812     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
4813     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
4814     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
4815     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
4816     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
4817     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
4818       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
4819            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
4820         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
4821       if (Template)
4822         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
4823       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4824     }
4825 
4826     NameInfo.setName(
4827         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
4828     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4829     return NameInfo;
4830   }
4831 
4832   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4833     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4834                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4835     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4836     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4837       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4838     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4839       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4840     return NameInfo;
4841 
4842   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4843     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4844                                                            Name.Identifier));
4845     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4846     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4847     return NameInfo;
4848 
4849   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4850     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4851     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4852     if (Ty.isNull())
4853       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4854     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4855                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4856     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4857     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4858     return NameInfo;
4859   }
4860 
4861   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4862     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4863     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4864     if (Ty.isNull())
4865       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4866     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4867                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4868     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4869     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4870     return NameInfo;
4871   }
4872 
4873   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4874     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4875     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4876     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4877     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4878     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4879       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4880 
4881     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4882     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4883 
4884     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4885     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4886     // was qualified.
4887 
4888     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4889                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4890     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4891     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4892     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4893     return NameInfo;
4894   }
4895 
4896   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4897     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4898     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4899     if (Ty.isNull())
4900       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4901     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4902                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4903     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4904     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4905     return NameInfo;
4906   }
4907 
4908   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4909     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4910     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4911     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4912   }
4913 
4914   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4915 
4916   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4917 }
4918 
4919 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4920   do {
4921     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4922       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4923     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4924       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4925     else
4926       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4927   } while (true);
4928 }
4929 
4930 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4931 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4932 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4933 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4934 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4935 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4936 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4937 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4938                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4939                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4940                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4941   Params.clear();
4942   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4943     return false;
4944   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4945     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4946     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4947 
4948     // The parameter types are identical
4949     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4950       continue;
4951 
4952     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4953     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4954     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4955     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4956 
4957     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4958         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4959       Params.push_back(Idx);
4960     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4961       return false;
4962   }
4963 
4964   return true;
4965 }
4966 
4967 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4968 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4969 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4970 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4971 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4972 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4973                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4974   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4975   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4976   //   - types which will become injected class names
4977   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4978   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4979   // few cases here.
4980 
4981   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4982   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4983   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4984   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4985   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4986   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4987     // Grab the type from the parser.
4988     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4989     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4990     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4991 
4992     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4993     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4994     // attached already.
4995     if (!TSI)
4996       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4997 
4998     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4999     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5000     if (!TSI) return true;
5001 
5002     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5003     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5004     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5005     break;
5006   }
5007 
5008   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5009   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5010     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5011     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5012     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5013     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5014     break;
5015   }
5016 
5017   default:
5018     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5019     break;
5020   }
5021 
5022   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5023   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5024     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5025 
5026     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5027     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5028     // pointer.
5029     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5030       continue;
5031 
5032     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5033     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5034     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5035       return true;
5036   }
5037 
5038   return false;
5039 }
5040 
5041 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5042   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
5043   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5044 
5045   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5046       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5047     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5048 
5049   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5050     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
5051 
5052   return Dcl;
5053 }
5054 
5055 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5056 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5057 ///   name different from T:
5058 ///     - every static data member of class T;
5059 ///     - every member function of class T
5060 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5061 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5062 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5063                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5064   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5065 
5066   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5067   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5068     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5069   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5070     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5071     return true;
5072   }
5073 
5074   return false;
5075 }
5076 
5077 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5078 /// nested-name-specifier.
5079 ///
5080 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5081 ///
5082 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5083 /// resolves.
5084 ///
5085 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5086 ///
5087 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5088 ///
5089 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5090 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5091                                         DeclarationName Name,
5092                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
5093   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5094   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5095     Cur = Cur->getParent();
5096 
5097   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5098   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5099   //
5100   // class X {
5101   //   void X::f();
5102   // };
5103   //
5104   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5105   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5106   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5107     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5108       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5109                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5110         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5111       SS.clear();
5112     } else {
5113       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5114     }
5115     return false;
5116   }
5117 
5118   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5119   // declaration.
5120   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
5121     if (Cur->isRecord())
5122       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5123         << Name << SS.getRange();
5124     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5125       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5126         << Name << SS.getRange();
5127     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5128       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5129         << Name << SS.getRange();
5130     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5131       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5132         << Name << SS.getRange();
5133     else
5134       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5135       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5136 
5137     return true;
5138   }
5139 
5140   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5141     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5142     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5143       << Name << SS.getRange();
5144     SS.clear();
5145 
5146     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5147     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5148     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5149     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5150          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5151         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5152                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5153       return true;
5154 
5155     return false;
5156   }
5157 
5158   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5159   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5160   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5161   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5162   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5163     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5164   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5165         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5166     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5167       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5168 
5169   return false;
5170 }
5171 
5172 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5173                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5174   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5175   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5176   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5177 
5178   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5179   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5180   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5181     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5182   } else if (!Name) {
5183     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5184       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5185            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5186         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5187     return nullptr;
5188   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5189     return nullptr;
5190 
5191   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5192   // we find one that is.
5193   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5194          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5195     S = S->getParent();
5196 
5197   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5198   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5199     D.setInvalidType();
5200   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5201     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5202                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5203       return nullptr;
5204 
5205     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5206     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5207     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5208       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5209       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5210       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5211       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5212       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5213            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5214         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5215         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5216       return nullptr;
5217     }
5218     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5219 
5220     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5221         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5222       return nullptr;
5223 
5224     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5225     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5226       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5227            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5228         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5229       return nullptr;
5230     }
5231     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5232       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
5233                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
5234         if (DC->isRecord())
5235           return nullptr;
5236 
5237         D.setInvalidType();
5238       }
5239     }
5240 
5241     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5242     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5243     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5244         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5245       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5246       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5247         D.setInvalidType();
5248     }
5249   }
5250 
5251   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5252   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5253 
5254   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5255     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
5256     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
5257     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
5258     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5259       return nullptr;
5260 
5261   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5262                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5263     D.setInvalidType();
5264 
5265   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5266                         ForRedeclaration);
5267 
5268   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5269   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5270     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5271     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5272 
5273     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5274     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5275     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5276     //
5277     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5278     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5279     // the same name.
5280     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5281       /* Do nothing*/;
5282     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5283              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5284               R->isFunctionType())) {
5285       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5286       CreateBuiltins =
5287           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5288     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5289                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5290       CreateBuiltins = true;
5291 
5292     if (IsLinkageLookup)
5293       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5294 
5295     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5296   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5297     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5298 
5299     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5300     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5301     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5302     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5303     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5304     //  thereof; [...]
5305     //
5306     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5307     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5308     // we want to match. For example, given:
5309     //
5310     //   class X {
5311     //     void f();
5312     //     void f(float);
5313     //   };
5314     //
5315     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5316     //
5317     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5318     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5319     // matches.
5320 
5321     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5322     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5323     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5324     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5325     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5326   }
5327 
5328   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5329       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5330     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5331     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5332       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5333                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5334 
5335     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5336     Previous.clear();
5337   }
5338 
5339   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5340   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5341   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
5342   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
5343   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5344       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5345     Previous.clear();
5346 
5347   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5348   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5349   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5350     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5351 
5352   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5353     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
5354     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
5355     // template, declared in namespace scope
5356     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5357       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5358            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5359       return nullptr;
5360     }
5361 
5362     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5363       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5364            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
5365       return nullptr;
5366     }
5367   }
5368 
5369   NamedDecl *New;
5370 
5371   bool AddToScope = true;
5372   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5373     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5374       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5375       return nullptr;
5376     }
5377 
5378     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5379   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5380     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5381                                   TemplateParamLists,
5382                                   AddToScope);
5383   } else {
5384     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5385                                   AddToScope);
5386   }
5387 
5388   if (!New)
5389     return nullptr;
5390 
5391   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5392   // add it to the scope stack.
5393   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) {
5394     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
5395     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
5396     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
5397     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
5398     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
5399     if (!AddToContext)
5400       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
5401   }
5402 
5403   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5404     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5405 
5406   return New;
5407 }
5408 
5409 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5410 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5411 /// GCC compatibility).
5412 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5413                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5414                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5415                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5416   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5417   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5418   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5419   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5420   SizeIsNegative = false;
5421   Oversized = 0;
5422 
5423   if (T->isDependentType())
5424     return QualType();
5425 
5426   QualifierCollector Qs;
5427   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5428 
5429   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5430     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5431     QualType FixedType =
5432         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5433                                             Oversized);
5434     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5435     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5436     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5437   }
5438   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5439     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5440     QualType FixedType =
5441         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5442                                             Oversized);
5443     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5444     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5445     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5446   }
5447 
5448   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5449   if (!VLATy)
5450     return QualType();
5451   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5452   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5453     return QualType();
5454 
5455   llvm::APSInt Res;
5456   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5457       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5458     return QualType();
5459 
5460   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5461   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5462     SizeIsNegative = true;
5463     return QualType();
5464   }
5465 
5466   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5467   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5468     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5469                                               Res);
5470   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5471     Oversized = Res;
5472     return QualType();
5473   }
5474 
5475   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5476                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5477 }
5478 
5479 static void
5480 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5481   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5482   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5483   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5484     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5485     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5486                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5487     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5488     return;
5489   }
5490   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5491     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5492     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5493                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5494     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5495     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5496     return;
5497   }
5498   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5499   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5500   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5501   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5502   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5503   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5504   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5505   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5506 }
5507 
5508 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5509 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5510 /// GCC compatibility).
5511 static TypeSourceInfo*
5512 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5513                                               ASTContext &Context,
5514                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5515                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5516   QualType FixedTy
5517     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5518                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5519   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5520     return nullptr;
5521   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5522   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5523                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5524   return FixedTInfo;
5525 }
5526 
5527 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5528 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5529 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5530 /// function-scope declarations.
5531 void
5532 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5533   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5534       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5535     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5536     return;
5537 
5538   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5539   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5540 }
5541 
5542 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5543   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5544   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5545   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5546 }
5547 
5548 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5549 /// does not identify a function.
5550 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5551   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5552   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5553   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5554     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5555          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5556 
5557   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5558     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5559          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5560 
5561   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5562     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5563          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5564 }
5565 
5566 NamedDecl*
5567 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5568                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5569   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5570   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5571     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5572       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5573     D.setInvalidType();
5574     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5575     DC = CurContext;
5576     Previous.clear();
5577   }
5578 
5579   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5580 
5581   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5582     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5583         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
5584   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5585     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5586       << 1;
5587   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5588     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5589          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5590 
5591   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5592     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName)
5593       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
5594            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
5595           << "typedef";
5596     else
5597       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5598           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5599     return nullptr;
5600   }
5601 
5602   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5603   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5604 
5605   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5606   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5607 
5608   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5609 
5610   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5611   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5612   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5613   return ND;
5614 }
5615 
5616 void
5617 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5618   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5619   // then it shall have block scope.
5620   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5621   // that redeclarations will match.
5622   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5623   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5624   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5625     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5626 
5627     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5628       bool SizeIsNegative;
5629       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5630       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5631         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5632                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5633                                                       Oversized);
5634       if (FixedTInfo) {
5635         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5636         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5637       } else {
5638         if (SizeIsNegative)
5639           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5640         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5641           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5642         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5643           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5644             << Oversized.toString(10);
5645         else
5646           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5647         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5648       }
5649     }
5650   }
5651 }
5652 
5653 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5654 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5655 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5656 NamedDecl*
5657 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5658                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5659 
5660   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
5661   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
5662 
5663   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5664   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5665   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5666                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5667   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5668   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5669     Redeclaration = true;
5670     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5671   }
5672 
5673   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
5674     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
5675 
5676   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5677   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5678     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5679         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5680       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5681         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5682       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5683         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5684       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5685         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5686       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5687         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5688     }
5689 
5690   return NewTD;
5691 }
5692 
5693 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5694 /// previous declaration.
5695 ///
5696 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5697 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5698 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5699 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5700 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5701 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5702 ///
5703 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5704 /// lookup
5705 ///
5706 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5707 /// declared.
5708 ///
5709 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5710 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5711 static bool
5712 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5713                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5714   if (!PrevDecl)
5715     return false;
5716 
5717   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5718     return false;
5719 
5720   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5721     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5722     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5723     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5724     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5725     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5726     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5727     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5728     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5729       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5730       return false;
5731 
5732     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5733     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5734       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5735       return false;
5736 
5737     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5738     // previous declarations.
5739     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5740     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5741 
5742     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5743     // isn't the same function.
5744     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5745       return false;
5746   }
5747 
5748   return true;
5749 }
5750 
5751 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5752   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5753   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5754   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5755 }
5756 
5757 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5758   QualType type = decl->getType();
5759   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5760   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5761     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5762     unsigned kind = -1U;
5763     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5764       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5765         kind = 0; // __block
5766       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5767         kind = 1; // global
5768     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5769       kind = 3; // ivar
5770     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5771       kind = 2; // field
5772     }
5773 
5774     if (kind != -1U) {
5775       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5776         << kind;
5777     }
5778   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5779     // Try to infer lifetime.
5780     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5781       return false;
5782 
5783     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5784     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5785     decl->setType(type);
5786   }
5787 
5788   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5789     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5790     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5791         var->getTLSKind()) {
5792       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5793         << var->getType();
5794       return true;
5795     }
5796   }
5797 
5798   return false;
5799 }
5800 
5801 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5802   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5803   // the wrong linkage.
5804   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5805 
5806   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5807   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5808     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5809       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5810       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5811     }
5812   }
5813   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5814     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5815       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5816       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5817       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5818     }
5819   }
5820 
5821   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5822     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5823       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5824         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5825                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5826         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
5827         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5828       }
5829     }
5830   }
5831 
5832   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5833   // It does not apply to functions.
5834   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5835     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5836       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5837              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5838       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5839     }
5840   }
5841 
5842   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5843     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5844     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5845     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5846     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5847       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5848         << &ND << Attr;
5849       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5850     }
5851   }
5852 
5853   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5854   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5855     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5856       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5857         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5858                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5859             << Attr;
5860         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5861       }
5862 }
5863 
5864 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5865                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5866                                            bool IsSpecialization,
5867                                            bool IsDefinition) {
5868   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5869     return;
5870 
5871   bool IsTemplate = false;
5872   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5873     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5874     IsTemplate = true;
5875     if (!IsSpecialization)
5876       IsDefinition = false;
5877   }
5878   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5879     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5880     IsTemplate = true;
5881   }
5882 
5883   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5884     return;
5885 
5886   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5887   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5888   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5889   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5890 
5891   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5892   // inherited attribute instances.
5893   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5894                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5895 
5896   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5897   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5898   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5899   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5900   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5901 
5902   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5903     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5904     bool JustWarn = false;
5905     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5906       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5907       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5908         JustWarn = true;
5909       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5910       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5911         JustWarn = true;
5912     }
5913 
5914     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5915     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5916     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5917     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5918       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5919         JustWarn = false;
5920 
5921     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5922                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5923     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5924         << NewDecl
5925         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5926     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5927     if (!JustWarn) {
5928       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5929       return;
5930     }
5931   }
5932 
5933   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5934   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
5935   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
5936   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
5937   // it were marked dllexport.
5938   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5939   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
5940   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5941     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5942     // separately.
5943     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5944     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
5945                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
5946   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5947     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5948     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5949                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5950   }
5951 
5952   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
5953       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5954       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5955     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
5956       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5957              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
5958           << NewDecl;
5959       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5960       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5961       NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr(
5962           NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context,
5963           NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex()));
5964     } else {
5965       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5966              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5967           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5968       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5969       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5970       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5971       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5972     }
5973   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
5974     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5975     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5976     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5977     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5978            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5979         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5980   }
5981 }
5982 
5983 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5984 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5985 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5986 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5987   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5988 
5989   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5990   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5991 
5992   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5993   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5994     return false;
5995 
5996   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5997   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5998 }
5999 
6000 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6001 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6002 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6003 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6004 ///
6005 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6006 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6007 ///
6008 /// For instance:
6009 ///
6010 ///   auto x = []{};
6011 ///
6012 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6013 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6014 ///
6015 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6016 template<typename T>
6017 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6018   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6019     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6020     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6021       return false;
6022 
6023     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6024     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6025                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6026       return false;
6027   }
6028   return D->isExternC();
6029 }
6030 
6031 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6032   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6033   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
6034     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6035   if (DC->isFileContext())
6036     return true;
6037   if (DC->isRecord())
6038     return false;
6039   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6040 }
6041 
6042 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6043   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6044   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6045       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
6046     return true;
6047   if (DC->isRecord())
6048     return false;
6049   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6050 }
6051 
6052 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
6053                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
6054   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
6055     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
6056       return true;
6057   return false;
6058 }
6059 
6060 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6061                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
6062   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6063   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
6064     return true;
6065 
6066   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6067   // position to the decl itself.
6068   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6069     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
6070       return true;
6071   }
6072 
6073   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6074   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
6075 }
6076 
6077 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6078 /// function-local external declaration.
6079 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6080   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6081     return false;
6082 
6083   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6084   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6085   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6086   if (DC->isDependentContext())
6087     return true;
6088 
6089   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6090   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6091   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6092   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
6093   //
6094   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6095   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6096   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6097     DC = DC->getParent();
6098   return true;
6099 }
6100 
6101 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6102 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6103   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6104     return FD->isExternC();
6105   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6106     return VD->isExternC();
6107 
6108   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6109 }
6110 
6111 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6112     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6113     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6114     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6115   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6116   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6117 
6118   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6119 
6120   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6121     AddToScope = false;
6122     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6123     // purposes.
6124     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6125     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6126       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6127       Name = II;
6128     }
6129   } else if (!II) {
6130     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6131     return nullptr;
6132   }
6133 
6134   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6135     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6136     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6137     // argument.
6138     if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6139       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6140            diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6141           << R;
6142       D.setInvalidType();
6143       return nullptr;
6144     }
6145 
6146     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6147     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6148     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6149     // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope.
6150     if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
6151       if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6152         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6153              diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R;
6154         D.setInvalidType();
6155         return nullptr;
6156       }
6157     }
6158 
6159     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6160     QualType NR = R;
6161     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
6162       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
6163         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
6164         D.setInvalidType();
6165         break;
6166       }
6167       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6168     }
6169 
6170     if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6171       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6172       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6173       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6174         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6175         D.setInvalidType();
6176       }
6177     }
6178 
6179     if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6180       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6181       // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6182       // space qualifiers.
6183       if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6184           R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6185         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6186       }
6187 
6188       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6189       // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6190       // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6191       if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6192           !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6193           R.isConstQualified())) {
6194         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6195         D.setInvalidType();
6196       }
6197     }
6198 
6199     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6200     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6201     // address space qualifiers.
6202     if (R->isEventT()) {
6203       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
6204         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6205         D.setInvalidType();
6206       }
6207     }
6208   }
6209 
6210   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6211   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6212 
6213   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6214   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6215   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6216       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
6217       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
6218     SC = SC_Extern;
6219 
6220   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6221   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6222                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6223 
6224   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6225     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6226     // an error here
6227     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6228     D.setInvalidType();
6229     SC = SC_None;
6230   }
6231 
6232   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6233       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6234                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6235     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6236     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6237     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6238     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6239          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6240                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6241       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6242   }
6243 
6244   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6245 
6246   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6247     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6248     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6249     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6250     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6251       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6252       D.setInvalidType();
6253     }
6254   }
6255 
6256   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6257   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6258   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6259   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6260   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6261   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6262   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6263   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6264     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6265                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6266                             R, TInfo, SC);
6267 
6268     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6269       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6270 
6271     if (D.isInvalidType())
6272       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6273   } else {
6274     bool Invalid = false;
6275 
6276     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6277       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6278       switch (SC) {
6279       case SC_None:
6280         break;
6281       case SC_Static:
6282         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6283              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6284           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6285         break;
6286       case SC_Auto:
6287       case SC_Register:
6288       case SC_Extern:
6289         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6290         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6291         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6292         // of class members
6293 
6294         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6295              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6296           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6297         break;
6298       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6299         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6300       }
6301     }
6302 
6303     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6304       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6305         if (RD->isLocalClass())
6306           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6307                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6308             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6309 
6310         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6311         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6312         if (RD->isUnion())
6313           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6314                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6315                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6316                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6317         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6318         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6319           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6320                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6321             << Name << RD->isUnion();
6322       }
6323     }
6324 
6325     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6326     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6327     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6328         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6329         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6330         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6331             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6332             : nullptr,
6333         TemplateParamLists,
6334         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid);
6335 
6336     if (TemplateParams) {
6337       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6338           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6339         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6340         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6341         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6342              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6343           << II
6344           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6345                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6346         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6347       } else {
6348         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6349           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6350           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6351           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6352           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6353         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6354           // This is a template declaration.
6355           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6356 
6357           // Check that we can declare a template here.
6358           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6359             return nullptr;
6360 
6361           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6362           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6363                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6364                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6365                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6366         }
6367       }
6368     } else {
6369       assert(
6370           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
6371           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6372     }
6373 
6374     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6375       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6376           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6377               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6378               : SourceLocation();
6379       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6380           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6381           IsPartialSpecialization);
6382       if (Res.isInvalid())
6383         return nullptr;
6384       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6385       AddToScope = false;
6386     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6387       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6388                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6389                                         Bindings);
6390     } else
6391       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6392                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6393 
6394     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6395     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6396       NewTemplate =
6397           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6398                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
6399       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6400     }
6401 
6402     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6403     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6404     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6405       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6406 
6407     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6408       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6409       if (NewTemplate)
6410         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6411     }
6412 
6413     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
6414 
6415     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6416     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6417     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6418     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6419       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6420           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6421 
6422     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6423       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6424       // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6425       //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6426       //   implicitly an inline variable.
6427       if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
6428         NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6429     }
6430 
6431     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
6432       if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6433         VTD->setConcept();
6434 
6435       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
6436       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
6437       // specifiers, [...]
6438       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
6439         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6440              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6441             << 0 << 0;
6442         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6443       }
6444 
6445       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6446         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6447              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6448             << 0 << 3;
6449         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6450       }
6451 
6452       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
6453       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
6454       // template, declared in namespace scope.
6455       if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6456         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
6457              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization)
6458             << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1);
6459       }
6460 
6461       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the
6462       // following restrictions:
6463       // - The declared type shall have the type bool.
6464       if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) &&
6465           !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6466         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl);
6467         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6468       }
6469     }
6470   }
6471 
6472   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6473     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6474       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6475           << 0;
6476     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6477       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6478       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6479            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6480         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6481     } else {
6482       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6483            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6484                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6485       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6486     }
6487   }
6488 
6489   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6490   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6491   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6492   if (NewTemplate)
6493     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6494 
6495   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6496     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6497       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6498         B->setLocalExternDecl();
6499     else
6500       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6501   }
6502 
6503   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6504   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6505     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6506     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6507     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6508     //   explicitly.
6509     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6510     //   'extern'.
6511     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6512         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6513          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6514          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6515       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6516            diag::err_thread_non_global)
6517         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6518     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6519       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) {
6520         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6521         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6522         // error should be ignored.
6523         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6524         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6525         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6526         // to emit any code for it.
6527         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6528       } else
6529         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6530              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6531     } else
6532       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6533   }
6534 
6535   // C99 6.7.4p3
6536   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6537   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6538   //   thread storage duration...
6539   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6540   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
6541   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6542   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
6543   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6544   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6545       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6546     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6547     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6548       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6549            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6550       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6551     }
6552   }
6553 
6554   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6555     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6556       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6557           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6558           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6559                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6560     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
6561       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6562         << 2
6563         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6564     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6565       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6566         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6567         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6568         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6569     else {
6570       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6571       if (NewTemplate)
6572         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6573       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6574         B->setModulePrivate();
6575     }
6576   }
6577 
6578   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6579   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6580 
6581   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) {
6582     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
6583         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
6584          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
6585           NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>())))
6586       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6587            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6588     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6589     // storage [duration]."
6590     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6591         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6592          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6593       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6594     }
6595   }
6596 
6597   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6598   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6599   // check the VarDecl itself.
6600   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6601          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6602          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6603 
6604   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6605   // retainable type.
6606   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6607     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6608 
6609   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6610   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6611     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6612     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6613     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6614     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6615       switch (SC) {
6616       case SC_None:
6617       case SC_Auto:
6618         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6619         break;
6620       case SC_Register:
6621         // Local Named register
6622         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6623             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6624           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6625         break;
6626       case SC_Static:
6627       case SC_Extern:
6628       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6629         break;
6630       }
6631     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6632       // Global Named register
6633       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6634         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6635         bool HasSizeMismatch;
6636 
6637         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6638           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6639         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6640                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
6641                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
6642           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6643         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6644           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6645       }
6646 
6647       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6648         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6649         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6650       }
6651     }
6652 
6653     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6654                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6655   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6656     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6657       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6658     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6659       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6660         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6661         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6662       } else
6663         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6664             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6665     }
6666   }
6667 
6668   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6669   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
6670                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
6671                                 : nullptr;
6672 
6673   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6674   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6675   // declaration has linkage).
6676   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6677                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6678                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
6679                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6680 
6681   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6682   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6683   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6684       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6685     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6686         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6687         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6688 
6689   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6690     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6691   } else {
6692     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6693     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6694         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6695       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6696 
6697     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6698     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6699       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6700           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6701           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6702         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6703         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6704         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6705           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6706         Previous.clear();
6707         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6708       }
6709     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6710       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6711       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6712         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6713         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6714       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6715     }
6716 
6717     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6718       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6719 
6720     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...]
6721     // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a
6722     // concept definition.
6723     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization &&
6724         !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() &&
6725         Previous.isSingleResult()) {
6726       NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6727       if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) {
6728         if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) {
6729           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized)
6730               << 1                            /*variable*/
6731               << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/
6732                                           : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/);
6733           Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6734           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6735         }
6736       }
6737     }
6738 
6739     if (NewTemplate) {
6740       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6741           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6742               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6743               : nullptr;
6744 
6745       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6746       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6747       // template declaration.
6748       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6749               TemplateParams,
6750               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6751                               : nullptr,
6752               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6753                DC->isDependentContext())
6754                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6755                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6756         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6757 
6758       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6759       // template, make a note of that.
6760       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6761           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6762         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6763     }
6764   }
6765 
6766   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
6767   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
6768     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6769 
6770   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6771 
6772   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6773   // the map of such variables.
6774   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6775       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6776     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6777 
6778   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6779     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6780     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6781             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6782       Context.setManglingNumber(
6783           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6784                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6785       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6786     }
6787   }
6788 
6789   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6790   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6791       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6792       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6793 
6794     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6795     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6796     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6797       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6798 
6799     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6800     // behavior.
6801     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6802       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6803   }
6804 
6805   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6806     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6807         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6808         IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition());
6809   }
6810 
6811   if (NewTemplate) {
6812     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6813       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6814     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6815     return NewTemplate;
6816   }
6817 
6818   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6819     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
6820 
6821   return NewVD;
6822 }
6823 
6824 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
6825 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
6826   SDK_Local,
6827   SDK_Global,
6828   SDK_StaticMember,
6829   SDK_Field,
6830   SDK_Typedef,
6831   SDK_Using
6832 };
6833 
6834 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6835 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6836                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
6837   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6838     return SDK_Using;
6839   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6840     return SDK_Typedef;
6841   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
6842     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
6843 
6844   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
6845 }
6846 
6847 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
6848 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
6849 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6850                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
6851   for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
6852     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
6853       return Capture.getLocation();
6854   }
6855   return SourceLocation();
6856 }
6857 
6858 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
6859                                      const LookupResult &R) {
6860   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6861   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6862     return false;
6863 
6864   // Return false if warning is ignored.
6865   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
6866 }
6867 
6868 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
6869 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
6870 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
6871                                         const LookupResult &R) {
6872   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
6873     return nullptr;
6874 
6875   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6876   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6877     return nullptr;
6878 
6879   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6880   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
6881              ? ShadowedDecl
6882              : nullptr;
6883 }
6884 
6885 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
6886 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
6887 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
6888                                         const LookupResult &R) {
6889   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
6890   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
6891     return nullptr;
6892 
6893   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
6894     return nullptr;
6895 
6896   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6897   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
6898 }
6899 
6900 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6901 /// -Wshadow.
6902 ///
6903 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6904 /// scope.
6905 ///
6906 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
6907 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6908 ///
6909 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6910                        const LookupResult &R) {
6911   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6912 
6913   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
6914     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6915     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6916       if (MD->isStatic())
6917         return;
6918 
6919     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
6920     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
6921     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
6922       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
6923         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
6924         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
6925         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
6926         return;
6927       }
6928   }
6929 
6930   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6931     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6932       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6933       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6934       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6935         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6936           ShadowedDecl = I;
6937           break;
6938         }
6939     }
6940 
6941   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6942 
6943   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
6944   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
6945   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
6946       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
6947     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
6948       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
6949         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
6950           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
6951           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
6952           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
6953           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
6954           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6955             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
6956         } else {
6957           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
6958           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
6959           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
6960               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
6961                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
6962           return;
6963         }
6964       }
6965     }
6966   }
6967 
6968   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6969   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6970     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6971     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6972       return;
6973 
6974     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6975     // static data members from base classes?
6976 
6977     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6978     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6979     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6980   }
6981 
6982 
6983   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6984 
6985   // Emit warning and note.
6986   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6987     return;
6988   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
6989   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6990   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6991     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6992         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
6993   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6994 }
6995 
6996 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
6997 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
6998 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
6999   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7000     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7001     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7002     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7003     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7004     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7005                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7006                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7007         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7008         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7009     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7010       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7011           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7012     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7013   }
7014 }
7015 
7016 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7017 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7018   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7019     return;
7020 
7021   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7022                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
7023   LookupName(R, S);
7024   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7025     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7026 }
7027 
7028 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7029 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7030 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7031   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7032   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7033     return;
7034   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7035   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7036   if (!DRE)
7037     return;
7038   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7039   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7040   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7041     return;
7042   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7043   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7044   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7045   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7046   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7047 
7048   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7049   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7050 }
7051 
7052 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7053 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7054 template<typename T>
7055 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7056     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7057   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7058   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7059 
7060   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7061     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7062     // declaration.
7063     return false;
7064   }
7065 
7066   if (Prev) {
7067     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7068       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7069       // redeclaration.
7070       Previous.clear();
7071       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7072       return true;
7073     }
7074 
7075     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7076     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7077     // declaration.
7078     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7079       return false;
7080   } else {
7081     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7082     // translation unit which might conflict.
7083     if (IsGlobal) {
7084       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7085       IsGlobal = false;
7086       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7087            I != E; ++I) {
7088         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7089           Prev = *I;
7090           break;
7091         }
7092       }
7093     } else {
7094       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7095           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7096       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7097            I != E; ++I) {
7098         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7099           Prev = *I;
7100           break;
7101         }
7102         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7103         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7104         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7105         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7106         // diagnostic.
7107       }
7108     }
7109 
7110     if (!Prev)
7111       return false;
7112   }
7113 
7114   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7115   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7116   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7117   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7118     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7119   else
7120     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7121 
7122   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7123     << IsGlobal << ND;
7124   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7125     << IsGlobal;
7126   return false;
7127 }
7128 
7129 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7130 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7131 ///
7132 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7133 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7134 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7135 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7136 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
7137 template<typename T>
7138 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7139                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
7140   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7141     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7142     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7143     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7144     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7145       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7146         Previous.clear();
7147         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7148         return true;
7149       }
7150     }
7151     return false;
7152   }
7153 
7154   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7155   // declaration.
7156   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7157     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7158 
7159   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7160   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7161   // in another scope.
7162   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7163     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7164 
7165   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7166   return false;
7167 }
7168 
7169 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7170   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7171   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7172     return;
7173 
7174   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7175   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
7176 
7177   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7178   if (T->isUndeducedType())
7179     return;
7180 
7181   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7182     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7183 
7184   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7185     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7186       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7187     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7188     NewVD->setType(T);
7189   }
7190 
7191   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7192   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7193   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7194   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7195   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
7196       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7197     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7198     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7199     return;
7200   }
7201 
7202   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7203   // scope.
7204   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7205       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
7206       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7207     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7208     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7209     return;
7210   }
7211 
7212   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7213     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
7214     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7215       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
7216       return;
7217     }
7218 
7219     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7220       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7221       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7222       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7223         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7224             << 0 /*const*/;
7225         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7226         return;
7227       }
7228       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7229         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7230         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7231         return;
7232       }
7233     }
7234     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7235     // __constant address space.
7236     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7237     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7238     // address space.
7239     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7240         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7241       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7242           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7243             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7244              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
7245         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7246         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
7247           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7248               << Scope << "global or constant";
7249         else
7250           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7251               << Scope << "constant";
7252         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7253         return;
7254       }
7255     } else {
7256       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7257         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7258             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7259         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7260         return;
7261       }
7262       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
7263       // in functions.
7264       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7265           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7266         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7267         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7268           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7269             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7270                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7271           else
7272             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7273                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7274           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7275           return;
7276         }
7277       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7278         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
7279         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
7280         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7281         return;
7282       }
7283     }
7284   }
7285 
7286   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7287       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7288     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7289       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7290     else {
7291       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7292       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7293     }
7294   }
7295 
7296   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7297   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7298       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7299     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7300 
7301   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7302       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7303     bool SizeIsNegative;
7304     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7305     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
7306       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
7307                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7308     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7309       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7310       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7311       // int a[10][n];
7312       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7313 
7314       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7315         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7316         << SizeRange;
7317       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7318         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7319         << SizeRange;
7320       else
7321         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7322         << SizeRange;
7323       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7324       return;
7325     }
7326 
7327     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7328       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7329         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7330       else
7331         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7332       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7333       return;
7334     }
7335 
7336     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
7337     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
7338     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
7339   }
7340 
7341   if (T->isVoidType()) {
7342     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
7343     //                    of objects and functions.
7344     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7345       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
7346         << T;
7347       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7348       return;
7349     }
7350   }
7351 
7352   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7353     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7354     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7355     return;
7356   }
7357 
7358   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7359     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7360     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7361     return;
7362   }
7363 
7364   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7365       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7366                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7367     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7368     return;
7369   }
7370 }
7371 
7372 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7373 /// declaration.
7374 ///
7375 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7376 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7377 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7378 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7379 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7380 ///
7381 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7382 ///
7383 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7384 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7385   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7386 
7387   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7388   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7389     return false;
7390 
7391   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7392   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7393   if (Previous.empty() &&
7394       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7395     Previous.setShadowed();
7396 
7397   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7398     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7399     return true;
7400   }
7401   return false;
7402 }
7403 
7404 namespace {
7405 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7406   Sema *S;
7407   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7408 
7409   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7410   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7411   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7412   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7413     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7414         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7415 
7416     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7417 
7418     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7419     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7420       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7421       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7422       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7423 
7424       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7425     }
7426 
7427     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7428          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7429       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7430       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7431         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7432           return true;
7433       }
7434     }
7435 
7436     return false;
7437   }
7438 };
7439 
7440 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7441 } // end anonymous namespace
7442 
7443 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7444 /// overriden methods.
7445 ///
7446 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7447 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7448 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7449 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7450                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7451   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7452   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
7453                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
7454        I != E; ++I) {
7455     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7456     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7457     // out the diag loop 3 times.
7458     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7459         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
7460         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
7461       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7462   }
7463 }
7464 
7465 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7466 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7467 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7468   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7469   CXXBasePaths Paths;
7470   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7471   FOM.Method = MD;
7472   FOM.S = this;
7473   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7474   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7475   bool AddedAny = false;
7476   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7477     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7478       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7479         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7480         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7481             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7482             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7483             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7484           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7485           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7486           AddedAny = true;
7487         }
7488       }
7489     }
7490   }
7491 
7492   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7493     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7494   }
7495   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7496     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7497   }
7498 
7499   return AddedAny;
7500 }
7501 
7502 namespace {
7503   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7504   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7505   struct ActOnFDArgs {
7506     Scope *S;
7507     Declarator &D;
7508     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7509     bool AddToScope;
7510   };
7511 } // end anonymous namespace
7512 
7513 namespace {
7514 
7515 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7516 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7517 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7518  public:
7519   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7520                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7521       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7522         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7523 
7524   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7525     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7526       return false;
7527 
7528     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7529     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7530                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7531          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7532       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7533 
7534       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7535           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7536         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7537           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7538           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7539             return true;
7540         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7541           return true;
7542         }
7543       }
7544     }
7545 
7546     return false;
7547   }
7548 
7549  private:
7550   ASTContext &Context;
7551   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7552   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7553 };
7554 
7555 } // end anonymous namespace
7556 
7557 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
7558   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
7559 }
7560 
7561 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7562 ///
7563 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7564 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7565 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7566 /// the same name.
7567 ///
7568 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7569 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7570 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7571     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7572     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7573   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7574   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7575   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7576   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7577   TypoCorrection Correction;
7578   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7579   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
7580                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7581   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7582                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7583                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7584                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
7585 
7586   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7587   if (IsLocalFriend)
7588     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7589   else
7590     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7591   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7592          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7593   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7594   if (!Prev.empty()) {
7595     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7596          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7597       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7598       if (FD &&
7599           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7600         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7601         // involve a parameter
7602         unsigned ParamNum =
7603             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7604         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7605       }
7606     }
7607   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7608   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7609                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7610                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7611                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
7612                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
7613                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7614     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7615     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7616                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7617     Previous.clear();
7618     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7619     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7620                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7621          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7622       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7623       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7624           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7625         Previous.addDecl(FD);
7626       }
7627     }
7628     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7629 
7630     NamedDecl *Result;
7631     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7632     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7633     {
7634       // Trap errors.
7635       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7636 
7637       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7638       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7639       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7640       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7641           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7642           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7643           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7644           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
7645 
7646       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
7647         Result = nullptr;
7648     }
7649 
7650     if (Result) {
7651       // Determine which correction we picked.
7652       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
7653       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7654            I != E; ++I)
7655         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
7656           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
7657 
7658       // Let Sema know about the correction.
7659       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
7660       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
7661           Correction,
7662           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
7663                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
7664                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
7665             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
7666       return Result;
7667     }
7668 
7669     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
7670     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
7671                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7672     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
7673     Previous.clear();
7674     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
7675   }
7676 
7677   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
7678       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
7679 
7680   bool NewFDisConst = false;
7681   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7682     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
7683 
7684   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
7685        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
7686        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
7687     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
7688     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
7689     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
7690     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
7691 
7692     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
7693     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
7694       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
7695       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
7696       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
7697       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
7698                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
7699         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
7700         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
7701     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
7702       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
7703           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7704     } else
7705       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7706                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
7707                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
7708   }
7709   return nullptr;
7710 }
7711 
7712 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
7713   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
7714   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
7715   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
7716   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
7717   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
7718     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7719                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
7720     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7721     D.setInvalidType();
7722     break;
7723   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
7724   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
7725     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
7726       return SC_None;
7727     return SC_Extern;
7728   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
7729     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7730       // C99 6.7.1p5:
7731       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
7732       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
7733       //   other than extern
7734       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
7735       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7736                    diag::err_static_block_func);
7737       break;
7738     } else
7739       return SC_Static;
7740   }
7741   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
7742   }
7743 
7744   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
7745   return SC_None;
7746 }
7747 
7748 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
7749                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
7750                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7751                                            StorageClass SC,
7752                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7753   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7754   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7755 
7756   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7757   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7758 
7759   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7760     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7761     // prototype. This true when:
7762     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7763     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
7764     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
7765     //     function type).
7766     bool HasPrototype =
7767       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7768       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7769 
7770     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7771                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7772                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
7773                                  HasPrototype, false);
7774     if (D.isInvalidType())
7775       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7776 
7777     return NewFD;
7778   }
7779 
7780   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7781   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7782 
7783   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7784   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7785   // the class has been completely parsed.
7786   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7787       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7788           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7789           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7790     D.setInvalidType();
7791 
7792   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7793     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7794     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7795            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7796 
7797     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7798     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7799                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7800                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7801                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7802                                       isConstexpr);
7803 
7804   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7805     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7806     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7807       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7808       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7809       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7810                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7811                                         D.getLocStart(),
7812                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7813                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7814 
7815       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7816       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7817       // it yet.
7818       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7819           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7820           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7821         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7822       }
7823 
7824       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7825       return NewDD;
7826 
7827     } else {
7828       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7829       D.setInvalidType();
7830 
7831       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7832       // code path.
7833       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7834                                   D.getLocStart(),
7835                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7836                                   SC, isInline,
7837                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7838     }
7839 
7840   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7841     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7842       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7843            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7844       return nullptr;
7845     }
7846 
7847     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7848     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7849     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7850                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7851                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7852                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7853 
7854   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
7855     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7856 
7857     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
7858                                          isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
7859                                          D.getLocEnd());
7860   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7861     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7862     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7863     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7864     // constructor if it has no return type).
7865     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7866         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7867       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7868         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7869         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7870       return nullptr;
7871     }
7872 
7873     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7874     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7875                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7876                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7877                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7878                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7879     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7880     return Ret;
7881   } else {
7882     bool isFriend =
7883         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7884     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7885       return nullptr;
7886 
7887     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7888     // prototype. This true when:
7889     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7890     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7891                                 D.getLocStart(),
7892                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7893                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7894   }
7895 }
7896 
7897 enum OpenCLParamType {
7898   ValidKernelParam,
7899   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7900   PtrKernelParam,
7901   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
7902   InvalidKernelParam,
7903   RecordKernelParam
7904 };
7905 
7906 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
7907   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7908     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7909     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7910       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7911     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
7912         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0)
7913       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
7914     return PtrKernelParam;
7915   }
7916 
7917   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7918   // be used as builtin types.
7919 
7920   if (PT->isImageType())
7921     return PtrKernelParam;
7922 
7923   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7924     return InvalidKernelParam;
7925 
7926   if (PT->isEventT())
7927     return InvalidKernelParam;
7928 
7929   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
7930   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
7931   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
7932   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
7933     return InvalidKernelParam;
7934 
7935   if (PT->isRecordType())
7936     return RecordKernelParam;
7937 
7938   return ValidKernelParam;
7939 }
7940 
7941 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7942   Sema &S,
7943   Declarator &D,
7944   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7945   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7946   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7947 
7948   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7949   // used again
7950   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7951     return;
7952 
7953   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
7954   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7955     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7956     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7957     // pointer to a pointer type.
7958     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7959     D.setInvalidType();
7960     return;
7961 
7962   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
7963     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
7964     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
7965     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
7966     // __constant.
7967     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
7968     D.setInvalidType();
7969     return;
7970 
7971     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7972     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7973     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7974     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7975     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7976 
7977   case InvalidKernelParam:
7978     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7979     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7980     // of event_t type.
7981     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
7982     // type for any function elsewhere.
7983     if (!PT->isHalfType())
7984       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7985     D.setInvalidType();
7986     return;
7987 
7988   case PtrKernelParam:
7989   case ValidKernelParam:
7990     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7991     return;
7992 
7993   case RecordKernelParam:
7994     break;
7995   }
7996 
7997   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7998   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7999 
8000   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8001   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8002   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8003   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8004 
8005   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8006   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
8007 
8008   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8009 
8010   do {
8011     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8012     if (!Next) {
8013       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8014       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8015       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8016         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8017 
8018       continue;
8019     }
8020 
8021     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8022     // field itself) to the history stack.
8023     const RecordDecl *RD;
8024     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8025       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8026       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8027     } else {
8028       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8029     }
8030 
8031     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8032     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8033 
8034     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8035       QualType QT = FD->getType();
8036 
8037       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8038         continue;
8039 
8040       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8041       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8042         continue;
8043 
8044       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8045         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8046         continue;
8047       }
8048 
8049       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8050       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8051       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8052       // union.
8053       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8054           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8055         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8056                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8057           << PT->isUnionType()
8058           << PT;
8059       } else {
8060         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8061       }
8062 
8063       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8064         << PD->getDeclName();
8065 
8066       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8067       // the offending field came from
8068       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8069                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8070                E = HistoryStack.end();
8071            I != E; ++I) {
8072         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8073         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8074           << OuterField->getType();
8075       }
8076 
8077       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8078         << QT->isPointerType()
8079         << QT;
8080       D.setInvalidType();
8081       return;
8082     }
8083   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8084 }
8085 
8086 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8087 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8088 /// nothing.
8089 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8090   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8091     DC = DC->getParent();
8092   return DC;
8093 }
8094 
8095 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8096 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8097 /// nothing.
8098 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8099   while (S->isClassScope() ||
8100          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8101           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8102          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8103          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8104     S = S->getParent();
8105   return S;
8106 }
8107 
8108 NamedDecl*
8109 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
8110                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
8111                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
8112                               bool &AddToScope) {
8113   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
8114 
8115   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
8116 
8117   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
8118   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8119   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8120   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
8121 
8122   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8123     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8124          diag::err_invalid_thread)
8125       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8126 
8127   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
8128     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
8129                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
8130 
8131   bool isFriend = false;
8132   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
8133   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
8134   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8135 
8136   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
8137   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8138   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
8139 
8140   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
8141 
8142   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
8143   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
8144 
8145   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
8146                                               isVirtualOkay);
8147   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
8148 
8149   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
8150     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
8151 
8152   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
8153   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
8154   // context will be different from the semantic context.
8155   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8156 
8157   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
8158     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
8159 
8160   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8161     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8162     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
8163     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
8164     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
8165     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
8166     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8167     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8168       // C++ [class.friend]p5
8169       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
8170       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
8171       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8172     }
8173 
8174     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
8175     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
8176     // return true).
8177     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
8178           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
8179       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
8180         NewFD->setPure(true);
8181 
8182       // C++ [class.union]p2
8183       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
8184       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
8185         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
8186     }
8187 
8188     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
8189     isMemberSpecialization = false;
8190     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8191     if (D.isInvalidType())
8192       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8193 
8194     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
8195     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
8196     bool Invalid = false;
8197     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
8198             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
8199                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8200                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
8201                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
8202                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
8203                     : nullptr,
8204                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
8205                 Invalid)) {
8206       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8207         // This is a function template
8208 
8209         // Check that we can declare a template here.
8210         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
8211           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8212 
8213         // A destructor cannot be a template.
8214         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8215           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
8216           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8217         }
8218 
8219         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
8220         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
8221         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
8222         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
8223           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
8224           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
8225             Invalid = true;
8226         }
8227 
8228         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
8229                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
8230                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
8231                                                         NewFD);
8232         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8233         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
8234 
8235         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
8236         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
8237           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8238                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
8239         }
8240       } else {
8241         // This is a function template specialization.
8242         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8243         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8244         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8245           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8246 
8247         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8248         if (isFriend) {
8249           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8250           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8251 
8252           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8253           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8254           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8255           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
8256           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8257           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8258           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8259             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8260             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8261           }
8262 
8263           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
8264             << Name << RemoveRange
8265             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
8266             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
8267         }
8268       }
8269     }
8270     else {
8271       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
8272       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
8273       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8274         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8275         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8276     }
8277 
8278     if (Invalid) {
8279       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8280       if (FunctionTemplate)
8281         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8282     }
8283 
8284     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
8285     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
8286     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
8287     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
8288     //
8289     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8290       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
8291         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8292              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
8293       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8294         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
8295         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8296              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
8297           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8298       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8299         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
8300         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
8301         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8302              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
8303           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8304       } else {
8305         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
8306         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
8307       }
8308 
8309       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8310           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
8311         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
8312     }
8313 
8314     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8315         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
8316          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
8317         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8318       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
8319       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
8320       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
8321       // thing to do.
8322       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
8323       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
8324       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8325           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8326       QualType Result =
8327           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
8328       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
8329                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
8330     }
8331 
8332     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
8333     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
8334     //  declaration.
8335     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8336       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8337         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
8338         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8339              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
8340           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
8341       }
8342     }
8343 
8344     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
8345     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
8346     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
8347     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
8348     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8349         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
8350       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8351         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
8352         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8353              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
8354           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8355       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
8356                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8357         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
8358         // or conversion function.
8359         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8360              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
8361           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8362       }
8363     }
8364 
8365     if (isConstexpr) {
8366       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
8367       // are implicitly inline.
8368       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8369 
8370       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
8371       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
8372       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
8373       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
8374         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
8375     }
8376 
8377     if (isConcept) {
8378       // This is a function concept.
8379       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8380         FTD->setConcept();
8381 
8382       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8383       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
8384       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8385         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8386              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
8387         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8388       }
8389 
8390       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
8391       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
8392       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
8393       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8394         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
8395           SourceRange Range;
8396           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
8397             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
8398           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
8399               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
8400           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8401         } else {
8402           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
8403         }
8404 
8405         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8406         // following restrictions:
8407         // - The declared return type shall have the type bool.
8408         if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) {
8409           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret);
8410           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8411         }
8412 
8413         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8414         // following restrictions:
8415         // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty
8416         //   parameter list.
8417         if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic())
8418           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params);
8419       }
8420 
8421       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
8422       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
8423       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8424 
8425       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
8426       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
8427       // specifiers, [...]
8428       if (isInline) {
8429         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8430              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8431             << 1 << 1;
8432         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8433       }
8434 
8435       if (isFriend) {
8436         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
8437              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8438             << 1 << 2;
8439         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8440       }
8441 
8442       if (isConstexpr) {
8443         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8444              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8445             << 1 << 3;
8446         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8447       }
8448 
8449       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8450       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
8451       // template, declared in namespace scope.
8452       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8453         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8454              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1;
8455         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8456         return NewFD;
8457       }
8458     }
8459 
8460     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8461     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8462       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8463         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8464           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8465         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8466           << 0
8467           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8468       } else {
8469         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8470         if (FunctionTemplate)
8471           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8472       }
8473     }
8474 
8475     if (isFriend) {
8476       if (FunctionTemplate) {
8477         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8478         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8479       }
8480       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8481       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8482     }
8483 
8484     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8485     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8486     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8487     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8488       case FDK_Declaration:
8489       case FDK_Definition:
8490         break;
8491 
8492       case FDK_Defaulted:
8493         NewFD->setDefaulted();
8494         break;
8495 
8496       case FDK_Deleted:
8497         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8498         break;
8499     }
8500 
8501     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8502         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8503       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8504       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8505       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8506       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8507     }
8508 
8509     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8510         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8511       // C++ [class.static]p1:
8512       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8513       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8514       //   the class.
8515 
8516       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8517       // member function definition.
8518       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8519            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8520         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8521     }
8522 
8523     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8524     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8525     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8526     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8527     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8528          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8529         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8530       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8531           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8532           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8533   }
8534 
8535   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8536   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8537                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8538                        isMemberSpecialization ||
8539                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8540 
8541   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8542   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8543     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8544     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8545     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
8546                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
8547   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8548     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8549       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8550     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8551       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8552         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8553         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8554       } else
8555         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8556             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8557     }
8558   }
8559 
8560   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8561   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
8562   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8563   unsigned FTIIdx;
8564   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
8565     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
8566 
8567     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8568     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8569     // single void argument.
8570     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8571     // already checks for that case.
8572     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8573       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8574         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8575         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8576         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8577         Params.push_back(Param);
8578 
8579         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8580           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8581       }
8582     }
8583 
8584     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8585       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
8586       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
8587       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
8588       // the TU.
8589       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
8590           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
8591       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
8592         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
8593 
8594         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
8595         // instead.
8596         if (!TD) {
8597           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
8598             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8599         }
8600         if (!TD)
8601           continue;
8602         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
8603         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
8604           continue;
8605         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
8606         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8607         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
8608 
8609         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
8610         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
8611         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
8612         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
8613         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
8614         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
8615           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
8616       }
8617     }
8618   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8619     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8620     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8621     // parameters for use in the declaration.
8622     //
8623     // @code
8624     // typedef void fn(int);
8625     // fn f;
8626     // @endcode
8627 
8628     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8629     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8630       ParmVarDecl *Param =
8631           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8632       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8633       Params.push_back(Param);
8634     }
8635   } else {
8636     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8637            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8638   }
8639 
8640   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8641   NewFD->setParams(Params);
8642 
8643   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8644     NewFD->addAttr(
8645         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8646                                        Context, 0));
8647 
8648   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8649   // because all functions have linkage.
8650   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8651       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8652     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8653     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8654   }
8655 
8656   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8657   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8658       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8659     NewFD->addAttr(
8660         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8661                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8662                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
8663     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8664                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
8665                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
8666                      NewFD))
8667       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8668   }
8669 
8670   // Handle attributes.
8671   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
8672 
8673   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8674     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
8675     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
8676     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
8677     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
8678         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
8679         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
8680       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8681            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
8682       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8683     }
8684   }
8685 
8686   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8687     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8688     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8689       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8690 
8691     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8692       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8693 
8694     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8695       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8696                                                   isMemberSpecialization));
8697     else if (!Previous.empty())
8698       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8699       D.setRedeclaration(true);
8700     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8701             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8702            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8703 
8704     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
8705     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
8706     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
8707     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
8708     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8709       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
8710       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
8711         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
8712         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
8713         int DiagID =
8714             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
8715         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
8716             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
8717       }
8718     }
8719   } else {
8720     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
8721     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
8722     //
8723     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
8724     //
8725     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
8726     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
8727     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
8728         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
8729         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8730       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8731            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
8732         << NewFD->getDeclName();
8733 
8734     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
8735     // argument list into our AST format.
8736     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8737       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
8738       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
8739       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8740       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
8741                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
8742       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
8743                                  TemplateArgs);
8744 
8745       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8746 
8747       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8748         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8749       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
8750         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
8751         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
8752           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8753 
8754         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8755       } else {
8756         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
8757                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
8758                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
8759         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
8760         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8761       }
8762     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8763       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
8764       // wrote something like:
8765       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
8766       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
8767       //   friend void foo<>(int);
8768       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
8769       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8770       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8771       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8772     }
8773 
8774     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
8775     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
8776     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
8777     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
8778     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
8779     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
8780     if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
8781       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
8782 
8783     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
8784     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
8785     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
8786     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
8787     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
8788     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
8789         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
8790          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
8791             TemplateArgs,
8792             InstantiationDependent))) {
8793       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
8794              "friend function specialization without template args");
8795       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
8796                                                        Previous))
8797         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8798     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8799       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
8800           && !isFriend) {
8801         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
8802         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
8803           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
8804           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
8805           << NewFD->getDeclName();
8806       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
8807                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
8808                                                            : nullptr),
8809                                                      Previous))
8810         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8811 
8812       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
8813       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
8814       //   specialization (14.7.3)
8815       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
8816           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
8817       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
8818         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
8819           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8820                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
8821             << SC
8822             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8823                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8824 
8825         else
8826           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8827                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
8828             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8829                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8830       }
8831     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8832       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
8833           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8834     }
8835 
8836     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8837     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8838       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8839         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8840 
8841       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8842         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8843 
8844       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8845         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8846                                                     isMemberSpecialization));
8847       else if (!Previous.empty())
8848         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8849         D.setRedeclaration(true);
8850     }
8851 
8852     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8853             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8854            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8855 
8856     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8857                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8858                                 : NewFD);
8859 
8860     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
8861       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8862       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8863         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8864 
8865       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8866       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8867     }
8868 
8869     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8870         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8871       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8872 
8873     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8874     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8875     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8876       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8877                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8878       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8879                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8880                                     : nullptr,
8881                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8882                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8883                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8884                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8885                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8886                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8887                                  DC->isDependentContext())
8888                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8889                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8890     }
8891 
8892     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8893       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8894     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8895       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8896                                        AddToScope };
8897       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8898       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8899         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8900 
8901       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8902       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8903         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8904         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8905 
8906         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8907         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8908         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8909         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8910         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8911         // can actually do this check immediately.
8912         if (isFriend &&
8913             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8914              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8915              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8916           // ignore these
8917         } else {
8918           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8919           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8920           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8921           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8922           //
8923           // class X {
8924           //   void f() const;
8925           // };
8926           //
8927           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8928           //
8929           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8930           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8931           // whether the parameter types are references).
8932 
8933           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8934                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8935             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8936             return Result;
8937           }
8938         }
8939 
8940         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8941         // to something.
8942       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8943         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8944                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8945           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8946           return Result;
8947         }
8948       }
8949     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8950                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8951                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8952                !isMemberSpecialization) {
8953       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8954       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8955       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8956       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8957       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8958       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8959       // generate them.
8960       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8961         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8962     }
8963   }
8964 
8965   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8966   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8967 
8968   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8969 
8970   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8971       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8972     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8973          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8974       << NewFD;
8975 
8976     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8977     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8978     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8979         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8980     EPI.Variadic = true;
8981     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8982 
8983     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8984     NewFD->setType(R);
8985   }
8986 
8987   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8988   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8989   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8990     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8991 
8992   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8993   // marking the function.
8994   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8995 
8996   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8997   // a pragma.
8998   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8999     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9000 
9001   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9002   // the map of such variables.
9003   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9004       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9005     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9006 
9007   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9008   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9009 
9010   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9011     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
9012         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
9013         isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9014         D.isFunctionDefinition());
9015   }
9016 
9017   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9018     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9019     if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9020         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9021       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9022         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
9023 
9024       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9025     }
9026 
9027     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9028     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9029     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9030     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9031         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9032          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9033         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9034           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9035       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9036     }
9037   }
9038 
9039   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9040 
9041   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9042     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9043       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9044         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9045       return FunctionTemplate;
9046     }
9047 
9048     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9049       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9050   }
9051 
9052   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9053     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9054     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9055         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9056       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9057       D.setInvalidType();
9058     }
9059 
9060     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9061     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9062       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9063       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9064           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9065                                 : FixItHint());
9066       D.setInvalidType();
9067     }
9068 
9069     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9070     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9071       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9072   }
9073   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
9074     QualType PT = Param->getType();
9075 
9076     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
9077     // types.
9078     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
9079       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
9080         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
9081           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
9082             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
9083             D.setInvalidType();
9084           }
9085       }
9086     }
9087   }
9088 
9089   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
9090   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
9091   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
9092   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9093     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
9094                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
9095                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
9096                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
9097                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
9098     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
9099     AddToScope = false;
9100   }
9101 
9102   return NewFD;
9103 }
9104 
9105 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
9106 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
9107 ///
9108 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
9109 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
9110 ///                 same declaration name.
9111 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
9112 ///          belongs to.
9113 ///
9114 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
9115   // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for
9116   // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in
9117   // namespace scope.
9118   //
9119   // This allows to compile code like:
9120   //
9121   //       void func();
9122   //       template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } };
9123   //       template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } };
9124   //
9125   // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated.
9126   return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9127            D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9128            D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None);
9129 }
9130 
9131 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
9132 ///
9133 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
9134 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
9135 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
9136 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
9137 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
9138 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
9139 /// via InstantiateDecl).
9140 ///
9141 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
9142 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
9143 /// previous declaration).
9144 ///
9145 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
9146 ///
9147 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
9148 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
9149                                     LookupResult &Previous,
9150                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
9151   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
9152          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
9153 
9154   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
9155   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
9156   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
9157   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9158                                !Previous.isShadowed();
9159 
9160   bool Redeclaration = false;
9161   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
9162 
9163   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
9164   // the same name, if appropriate.
9165   if (!Previous.empty()) {
9166     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
9167     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
9168     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
9169     // function to the scope.
9170     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
9171       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9172       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
9173         Redeclaration = true;
9174         OldDecl = Candidate;
9175       }
9176     } else {
9177       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
9178                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
9179       case Ovl_Match:
9180         Redeclaration = true;
9181         break;
9182 
9183       case Ovl_NonFunction:
9184         Redeclaration = true;
9185         break;
9186 
9187       case Ovl_Overload:
9188         Redeclaration = false;
9189         break;
9190       }
9191 
9192       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
9193         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
9194         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
9195         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
9196           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
9197         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl =
9198             Redeclaration ? OldDecl : Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9199         Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
9200              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
9201         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
9202       }
9203     }
9204   }
9205 
9206   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
9207   if (!Redeclaration &&
9208       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
9209     if (!Previous.empty()) {
9210       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
9211       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
9212       Redeclaration = true;
9213       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
9214       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
9215 
9216       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
9217       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
9218         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
9219           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
9220             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
9221           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
9222                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
9223           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
9224         }
9225         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
9226           Redeclaration = false;
9227           OldDecl = nullptr;
9228         }
9229       }
9230     }
9231   }
9232 
9233   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
9234   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
9235   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
9236   //
9237   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
9238   // definition of a static member function.
9239   //
9240   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
9241   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
9242   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
9243   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
9244       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
9245       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
9246     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
9247     if (OldDecl)
9248       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
9249     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
9250       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9251         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9252       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
9253       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
9254       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
9255                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
9256 
9257       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
9258       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
9259       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
9260         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
9261         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
9262                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
9263           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
9264 
9265         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
9266           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
9267       }
9268     }
9269   }
9270 
9271   if (Redeclaration) {
9272     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
9273     // merged.
9274     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
9275       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9276       return Redeclaration;
9277     }
9278 
9279     Previous.clear();
9280     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
9281 
9282     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
9283                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
9284       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
9285       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
9286         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
9287       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
9288       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
9289             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
9290         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9291         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9292       }
9293 
9294       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
9295       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
9296       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
9297           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
9298         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
9299         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
9300         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
9301         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
9302         if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
9303           FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
9304               OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
9305           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
9306           assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
9307           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
9308           OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
9309         }
9310       }
9311 
9312     } else {
9313       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
9314         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
9315         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
9316         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
9317           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
9318       }
9319     }
9320   }
9321 
9322   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
9323 
9324   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9325     // C++-specific checks.
9326     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9327       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
9328     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
9329                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9330       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
9331       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
9332 
9333       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
9334       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
9335       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
9336         DeclarationName Name
9337           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
9338                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
9339         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
9340           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
9341           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9342           return Redeclaration;
9343         }
9344       }
9345     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
9346                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9347       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
9348     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9349       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9350         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
9351 
9352       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
9353       // explicitly specialized.
9354       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
9355         Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
9356             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
9357     }
9358 
9359     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
9360     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9361       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
9362           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
9363           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
9364         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
9365           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
9366           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9367             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
9368           }
9369         }
9370       }
9371 
9372       if (Method->isStatic())
9373         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
9374     }
9375 
9376     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
9377     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
9378         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9379       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9380       return Redeclaration;
9381     }
9382 
9383     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
9384     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
9385         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9386       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9387       return Redeclaration;
9388     }
9389 
9390     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
9391     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
9392     // during delayed parsing anyway.
9393     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
9394       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
9395 
9396     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
9397     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
9398     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
9399       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9400       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
9401       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9402       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
9403       // specification, that's OK.
9404       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
9405       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
9406       if (!T.isNull() &&
9407           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
9408                                                             NewFD->getType()))
9409         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
9410         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
9411         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
9412     }
9413 
9414     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
9415     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
9416     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
9417     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
9418     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
9419       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
9420       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
9421         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
9422             << NewFD << R;
9423       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
9424                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9425         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
9426     }
9427 
9428     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
9429     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
9430     //   [is] part of the function type
9431     //
9432     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
9433     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
9434     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
9435     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
9436     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
9437     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
9438       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
9439         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
9440         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
9441         // restricted prior to C++17.
9442         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9443           T = RT->getPointeeType();
9444         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
9445           T = T->getPointeeType();
9446         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
9447           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
9448         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9449           if (FPT->isNothrow(Context))
9450             return true;
9451         return false;
9452       };
9453 
9454       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9455       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
9456       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
9457         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
9458       if (AnyNoexcept)
9459         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9460              diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
9461             << NewFD;
9462     }
9463 
9464     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
9465       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
9466   }
9467   return Redeclaration;
9468 }
9469 
9470 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
9471   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
9472   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
9473   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
9474   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
9475   //   appear in a declaration of main.
9476   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
9477   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
9478   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9479     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9480          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
9481       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9482   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
9483     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
9484       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
9485   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
9486     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
9487     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
9488     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
9489     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
9490       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
9491   }
9492   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
9493     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
9494       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
9495     FD->setConstexpr(false);
9496   }
9497 
9498   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9499     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
9500         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
9501     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9502     return;
9503   }
9504 
9505   QualType T = FD->getType();
9506   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9507   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9508 
9509   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9510     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
9511     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
9512     // implicit-return-zero rule.
9513 
9514     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
9515     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9516       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9517     else {
9518       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
9519       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9520       if (RTRange.isValid())
9521         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
9522             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
9523     }
9524   } else {
9525     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
9526     // set the flag which tells us that.
9527     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
9528 
9529     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
9530     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9531       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9532     else {
9533       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
9534       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9535       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
9536           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
9537                                 : FixItHint());
9538       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9539     }
9540   }
9541 
9542   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
9543   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
9544 
9545   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
9546   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
9547   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
9548 
9549   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
9550 
9551   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
9552     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
9553     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
9554     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
9555   }
9556 
9557   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
9558   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
9559   // getting shifty.
9560   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
9561     HasExtraParameters = false;
9562 
9563   if (HasExtraParameters) {
9564     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
9565     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9566     nparams = 3;
9567   }
9568 
9569   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
9570   // if we had some location information about types.
9571 
9572   QualType CharPP =
9573     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
9574   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
9575 
9576   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
9577     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
9578 
9579     bool mismatch = true;
9580 
9581     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
9582       mismatch = false;
9583     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
9584       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
9585       //   char const **
9586       //   char const * const *
9587       //   char * const *
9588 
9589       QualifierCollector qs;
9590       const PointerType* PT;
9591       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9592           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9593           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
9594                               Context.CharTy)) {
9595         qs.removeConst();
9596         mismatch = !qs.empty();
9597       }
9598     }
9599 
9600     if (mismatch) {
9601       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
9602       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
9603       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9604     }
9605   }
9606 
9607   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9608     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
9609   }
9610 
9611   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9612     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9613     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9614   }
9615 }
9616 
9617 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9618   QualType T = FD->getType();
9619   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9620   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9621 
9622   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
9623   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
9624   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
9625       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
9626       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
9627     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
9628     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
9629       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9630 
9631   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9632     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9633     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9634   }
9635 }
9636 
9637 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
9638   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
9639   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
9640   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
9641   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
9642   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
9643   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
9644   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
9645   // rules there don't matter.)
9646   const Expr *Culprit;
9647   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9648     return false;
9649   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
9650     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9651   return true;
9652 }
9653 
9654 namespace {
9655   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
9656   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
9657   class SelfReferenceChecker
9658       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
9659     Sema &S;
9660     Decl *OrigDecl;
9661     bool isRecordType;
9662     bool isPODType;
9663     bool isReferenceType;
9664 
9665     bool isInitList;
9666     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
9667 
9668   public:
9669     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
9670 
9671     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
9672                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
9673       isPODType = false;
9674       isRecordType = false;
9675       isReferenceType = false;
9676       isInitList = false;
9677       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
9678         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
9679         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
9680         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
9681       }
9682     }
9683 
9684     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
9685     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
9686     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
9687     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
9688       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
9689       if (!InitList) {
9690         Visit(E);
9691         return;
9692       }
9693 
9694       // Track and increment the index here.
9695       isInitList = true;
9696       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
9697       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
9698         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
9699         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
9700       }
9701       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
9702     }
9703 
9704     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
9705     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
9706     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
9707       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
9708       Expr *Base = E;
9709       bool ReferenceField = false;
9710 
9711       // Get the field memebers used.
9712       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9713         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9714         if (!FD)
9715           return false;
9716         Fields.push_back(FD);
9717         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
9718           ReferenceField = true;
9719         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9720       }
9721 
9722       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
9723       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
9724       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
9725         return false;
9726 
9727       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
9728       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
9729         return true;
9730 
9731       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
9732       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
9733       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
9734         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
9735 
9736       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
9737       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
9738       // initialized, then the use is safe.
9739       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
9740                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
9741                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
9742                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
9743            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
9744         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
9745           return true;
9746         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
9747           break;
9748       }
9749 
9750       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
9751       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9752       return true;
9753     }
9754 
9755     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
9756     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
9757     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
9758     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
9759       E = E->IgnoreParens();
9760       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9761         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9762         return;
9763       }
9764 
9765       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9766         Visit(CO->getCond());
9767         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
9768         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
9769         return;
9770       }
9771 
9772       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
9773               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9774         Visit(BCO->getCond());
9775         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
9776         return;
9777       }
9778 
9779       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
9780         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9781         return;
9782       }
9783 
9784       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9785         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
9786           Visit(BO->getLHS());
9787           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
9788           return;
9789         }
9790       }
9791 
9792       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9793         if (isInitList) {
9794           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
9795                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
9796             return;
9797         }
9798 
9799         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9800         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9801           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
9802           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9803             return;
9804           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9805         }
9806         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
9807           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9808         return;
9809       }
9810 
9811       Visit(E);
9812     }
9813 
9814     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
9815     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
9816     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9817       if (isReferenceType)
9818         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
9819     }
9820 
9821     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9822       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
9823         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9824         return;
9825       }
9826 
9827       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
9828     }
9829 
9830     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9831       if (isInitList) {
9832         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
9833           return;
9834       }
9835 
9836       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
9837       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
9838 
9839       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
9840       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
9841       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
9842       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
9843       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9844       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9845         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9846           Warn = false;
9847         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9848       }
9849 
9850       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
9851         if (Warn)
9852           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9853         return;
9854       }
9855 
9856       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
9857       // Visit that expression.
9858       Visit(Base);
9859     }
9860 
9861     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
9862       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
9863 
9864       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
9865         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
9866 
9867       Visit(Callee);
9868       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
9869         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9870     }
9871 
9872     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
9873       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
9874       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
9875           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
9876         if (!isPODType)
9877           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9878         return;
9879       }
9880 
9881       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
9882         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9883         return;
9884       }
9885 
9886       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
9887     }
9888 
9889     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
9890 
9891     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9892       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
9893         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
9894         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
9895           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
9896             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
9897         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
9898           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
9899             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
9900         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
9901         return;
9902       }
9903       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9904     }
9905 
9906     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9907       // Treat std::move as a use.
9908       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
9909         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
9910           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
9911               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
9912             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
9913             return;
9914           }
9915         }
9916       }
9917 
9918       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
9919     }
9920 
9921     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
9922       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
9923         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
9924         Visit(E->getRHS());
9925         return;
9926       }
9927 
9928       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
9929     }
9930 
9931     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
9932     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
9933     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
9934     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
9935       Visit(E->getCond());
9936       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
9937     }
9938 
9939     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
9940       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
9941       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
9942       unsigned diag;
9943       if (isReferenceType) {
9944         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
9945       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
9946         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
9947       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9948                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9949                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
9950         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
9951       } else {
9952         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
9953         return;
9954       }
9955 
9956       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
9957                             S.PDiag(diag)
9958                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
9959                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
9960                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
9961     }
9962   };
9963 
9964   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9965   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9966                                  bool DirectInit) {
9967     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9968     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
9969     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9970       return;
9971 
9972     E = E->IgnoreParens();
9973 
9974     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9975     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9976     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9977       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9978         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9979           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9980             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9981               return;
9982 
9983     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9984   }
9985 } // end anonymous namespace
9986 
9987 namespace {
9988   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
9989   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
9990   struct VarDeclOrName {
9991     VarDecl *VDecl;
9992     DeclarationName Name;
9993 
9994     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
9995     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
9996       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
9997     }
9998   };
9999 } // end anonymous namespace
10000 
10001 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
10002                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
10003                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
10004                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
10005                                             Expr *Init) {
10006   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
10007   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
10008          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
10009 
10010   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
10011 
10012   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
10013   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
10014 
10015   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
10016   if (!Init) {
10017     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
10018     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
10019       << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
10020     return QualType();
10021   }
10022 
10023   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init;
10024   if (DirectInit) {
10025     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
10026       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
10027   }
10028 
10029   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
10030     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
10031     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
10032     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
10033         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
10034     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
10035     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
10036     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
10037                                                        InitsCopy);
10038   }
10039 
10040   if (DirectInit) {
10041     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
10042       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
10043   }
10044 
10045   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
10046   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
10047     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
10048     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
10049     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
10050                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
10051                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
10052         << VN << Type << Range;
10053     return QualType();
10054   }
10055 
10056   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
10057     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
10058          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
10059                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
10060         << VN << Type << Range;
10061     return QualType();
10062   }
10063 
10064   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
10065   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
10066     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
10067                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
10068                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
10069         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
10070     return QualType();
10071   }
10072 
10073   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
10074   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
10075   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
10076       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
10077     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
10078     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10079       return QualType();
10080     }
10081     Init = Result.get();
10082     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
10083   }
10084 
10085   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
10086   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
10087   //   is present, e has type cv A
10088   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
10089       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
10090       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
10091     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
10092                                     Type.getQualifiers());
10093 
10094   QualType DeducedType;
10095   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
10096     if (!IsInitCapture)
10097       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
10098     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
10099       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
10100            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
10101           << VN
10102           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
10103                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
10104           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
10105     else
10106       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
10107           << VN << TSI->getType()
10108           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
10109                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
10110           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
10111   }
10112 
10113   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
10114   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
10115   // checks.
10116   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
10117   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
10118   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
10119       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
10120     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10121     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
10122   }
10123 
10124   return DeducedType;
10125 }
10126 
10127 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
10128                                          Expr *Init) {
10129   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
10130       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
10131       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
10132   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
10133     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10134     return true;
10135   }
10136 
10137   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
10138   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
10139 
10140   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
10141   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
10142     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10143 
10144   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
10145   // the previously declared type.
10146   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
10147     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
10148     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
10149     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
10150   }
10151 
10152   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
10153   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
10154   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
10155 }
10156 
10157 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
10158 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
10159 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
10160 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
10161   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
10162   // the initializer.
10163   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10164     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
10165     return;
10166   }
10167 
10168   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10169     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
10170     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
10171       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
10172     Method->setInvalidDecl();
10173     return;
10174   }
10175 
10176   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
10177   if (!VDecl) {
10178     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
10179     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
10180     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10181     return;
10182   }
10183 
10184   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
10185   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10186     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
10187     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
10188     // TypoExpr.
10189     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
10190     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
10191       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10192       return;
10193     }
10194     Init = Res.get();
10195 
10196     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
10197       return;
10198   }
10199 
10200   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
10201   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
10202     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
10203     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10204     return;
10205   }
10206 
10207   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
10208     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
10209     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
10210     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10211     return;
10212   }
10213 
10214   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
10215     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
10216     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
10217     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
10218     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
10219     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
10220       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
10221     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
10222                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10223       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10224       return;
10225     }
10226 
10227     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10228     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
10229                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10230                                AbstractVariableType))
10231       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10232   }
10233 
10234   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
10235   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
10236   // handle the situation.
10237   VarDecl *Def;
10238   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
10239       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
10240       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
10241       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
10242     return;
10243 
10244   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10245     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
10246     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
10247     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10248     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
10249     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
10250     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
10251     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
10252     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
10253     //
10254     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
10255     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
10256     // declaration with an initializer.
10257     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
10258       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
10259           << VDecl->getDeclName();
10260       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
10261            diag::note_previous_initializer)
10262           << 0;
10263       return;
10264     }
10265 
10266     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
10267       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10268 
10269     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
10270       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10271       return;
10272     }
10273   }
10274 
10275   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
10276   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
10277   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
10278     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
10279     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10280     return;
10281   }
10282 
10283   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
10284   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
10285   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
10286 
10287   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
10288   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
10289   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
10290       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
10291     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
10292     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10293       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10294       return;
10295     }
10296     Init = Result.get();
10297   }
10298 
10299   // Perform the initialization.
10300   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
10301   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10302     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
10303     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
10304         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
10305 
10306     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
10307     if (CXXDirectInit)
10308       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
10309                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
10310 
10311     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
10312     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
10313       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
10314           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
10315             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
10316             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
10317           });
10318       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
10319         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10320       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
10321         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
10322       }
10323     }
10324     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10325       return;
10326 
10327     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
10328                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
10329                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
10330     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
10331     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10332       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10333       return;
10334     }
10335 
10336     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
10337   }
10338 
10339   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
10340   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
10341   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
10342   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
10343       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
10344     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
10345   }
10346 
10347   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
10348   // completed by the initializer. For example:
10349   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
10350   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
10351   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
10352     VDecl->setType(DclT);
10353 
10354   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10355     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
10356 
10357     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10358       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
10359 
10360     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10361     // Although this code can still have problems:
10362     //   id x = self.weakProp;
10363     //   id y = self.weakProp;
10364     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10365     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10366     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10367     if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
10368          VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
10369         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10370                          Init->getLocStart()))
10371       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
10372   }
10373 
10374   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
10375   //
10376   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
10377   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
10378   // full-expression. For instance, in:
10379   //
10380   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
10381   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
10382   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
10383   //
10384   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
10385   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
10386                                           false,
10387                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
10388   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10389     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10390     return;
10391   }
10392   Init = Result.get();
10393 
10394   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
10395   VDecl->setInit(Init);
10396 
10397   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
10398     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
10399     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10400       // do nothing
10401 
10402     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
10403     // This is true even in OpenCL C++.
10404     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
10405       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10406 
10407     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
10408     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10409       // do nothing
10410 
10411     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
10412     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
10413     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10414       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10415 
10416     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
10417     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
10418     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
10419     // constant expressions.
10420     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
10421                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
10422       const Expr *Culprit;
10423       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
10424         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
10425              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
10426           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
10427       }
10428     }
10429   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
10430              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
10431     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
10432     //
10433     // struct S {
10434     //   static const int value = 17;
10435     // };
10436 
10437     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
10438     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
10439     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
10440     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
10441     //
10442     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
10443     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
10444     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10445     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
10446     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
10447     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
10448     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
10449     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
10450     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
10451 
10452     // Do nothing on dependent types.
10453     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
10454 
10455     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
10456     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
10457     // type.
10458     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
10459 
10460     // Require constness.
10461     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
10462       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
10463         << Init->getSourceRange();
10464       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10465 
10466     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
10467     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10468       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
10469       SourceLocation Loc;
10470       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
10471         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
10472         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
10473         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
10474       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
10475         ; // Nothing to check.
10476       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
10477         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
10478       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10479         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
10480         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
10481         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10482           << Init->getSourceRange();
10483       } else {
10484         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
10485         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
10486         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10487           << Init->getSourceRange();
10488         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10489       }
10490 
10491     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
10492     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
10493       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
10494       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
10495       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10496         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
10497              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10498             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10499         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
10500              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10501             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10502       } else {
10503         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
10504           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10505 
10506         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10507           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10508             << Init->getSourceRange();
10509           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10510         }
10511       }
10512 
10513     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
10514     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
10515       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
10516         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
10517         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10518       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
10519 
10520     } else {
10521       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
10522         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10523       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10524     }
10525   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
10526     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
10527     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
10528     // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
10529     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
10530     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
10531     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
10532     // C++ rules.
10533     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
10534         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
10535          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
10536         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
10537         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
10538       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
10539 
10540     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
10541     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10542       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10543   }
10544 
10545   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
10546   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
10547   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
10548   //
10549   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
10550   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
10551   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
10552   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
10553   // special case code.
10554 
10555   // C++ 8.5p11:
10556   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
10557   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
10558   // class type.
10559   if (CXXDirectInit) {
10560     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
10561     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10562   } else if (DirectInit) {
10563     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
10564     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
10565   }
10566 
10567   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
10568 }
10569 
10570 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
10571 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
10572 /// of sanity.
10573 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
10574   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
10575   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
10576   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10577 
10578   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10579   if (!VD) return;
10580 
10581   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10582   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
10583     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
10584       BD->setInvalidDecl();
10585 
10586   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10587   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
10588     D->setInvalidDecl();
10589     return;
10590   }
10591 
10592   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
10593   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
10594 
10595   // Require a complete type.
10596   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
10597                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
10598                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10599     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10600     return;
10601   }
10602 
10603   // Require a non-abstract type.
10604   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
10605                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10606                              AbstractVariableType)) {
10607     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10608     return;
10609   }
10610 
10611   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
10612   // though.
10613 }
10614 
10615 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
10616   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
10617   if (!RealDecl)
10618     return;
10619 
10620   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10621     QualType Type = Var->getType();
10622 
10623     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
10624     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10625       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
10626       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10627       return;
10628     }
10629 
10630     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
10631         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
10632       return;
10633 
10634     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
10635     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
10636     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
10637     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
10638     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
10639     // member.
10640     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10641         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
10642       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
10643         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
10644         // a definition there.
10645         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) {
10646           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10647                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
10648             << Var->getDeclName();
10649           Var->setInvalidDecl();
10650           return;
10651         }
10652       } else {
10653         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
10654         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10655         return;
10656       }
10657     }
10658 
10659     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
10660     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
10661     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
10662     if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
10663       if (VTD->isConcept()) {
10664         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
10665         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10666         return;
10667       }
10668     }
10669 
10670     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
10671     // be initialized.
10672     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10673         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
10674         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
10675       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
10676       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10677       return;
10678     }
10679 
10680     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10681     case VarDecl::Definition:
10682       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
10683         break;
10684 
10685       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
10686       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
10687       // a declaration.
10688       //
10689       // Fall through
10690 
10691     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
10692       // It's only a declaration.
10693 
10694       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
10695       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
10696       // object shall be complete.
10697       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
10698           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10699           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10700                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
10701         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10702 
10703       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
10704       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10705           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10706                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10707                                  AbstractVariableType))
10708         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10709       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10710           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
10711         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
10712         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
10713       }
10714 
10715       return;
10716 
10717     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
10718       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
10719       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
10720       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
10721       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
10722       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
10723       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
10724         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
10725                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
10726           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10727                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
10728                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
10729             Var->setInvalidDecl();
10730         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10731           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
10732           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
10733           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
10734           // NOTE: code such as the following
10735           //     static struct s;
10736           //     struct s { int a; };
10737           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
10738           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
10739           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
10740           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
10741             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10742                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
10743         }
10744       }
10745 
10746       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
10747       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
10748         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
10749       return;
10750     }
10751 
10752     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10753     // definitions with incomplete array type.
10754     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
10755       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10756            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
10757       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10758       return;
10759     }
10760 
10761     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10762     // definitions with reference type.
10763     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
10764       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
10765         << Var->getDeclName()
10766         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
10767       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10768       return;
10769     }
10770 
10771     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
10772     // variable with dependent type.
10773     if (Type->isDependentType())
10774       return;
10775 
10776     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
10777       return;
10778 
10779     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
10780       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10781                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
10782                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10783         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10784         return;
10785       }
10786     } else {
10787       return;
10788     }
10789 
10790     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10791     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10792                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10793                                AbstractVariableType)) {
10794       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10795       return;
10796     }
10797 
10798     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
10799     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
10800     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
10801     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
10802     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
10803     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
10804     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
10805     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
10806     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
10807     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
10808     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10809       if (const RecordType *Record
10810             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10811         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
10812         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
10813         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
10814         // incompatibilities with C++98.
10815         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
10816           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10817       }
10818     }
10819 
10820     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
10821     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
10822     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
10823     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
10824     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
10825     //   type shall have a user-declared default
10826     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
10827     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
10828     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
10829     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
10830     //   program is ill-formed.
10831     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
10832     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
10833     //   default-initialized; [...].
10834     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
10835     InitializationKind Kind
10836       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
10837 
10838     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10839     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10840     if (Init.isInvalid())
10841       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10842     else if (Init.get()) {
10843       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
10844       // This is important for template substitution.
10845       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10846     }
10847 
10848     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
10849   }
10850 }
10851 
10852 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
10853   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
10854   if (!D)
10855     return;
10856 
10857   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10858   if (!VD) {
10859     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
10860     D->setInvalidDecl();
10861     return;
10862   }
10863 
10864   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10865 
10866   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
10867   int Error = -1;
10868   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
10869   case SC_None:
10870     break;
10871   case SC_Extern:
10872     Error = 0;
10873     break;
10874   case SC_Static:
10875     Error = 1;
10876     break;
10877   case SC_PrivateExtern:
10878     Error = 2;
10879     break;
10880   case SC_Auto:
10881     Error = 3;
10882     break;
10883   case SC_Register:
10884     Error = 4;
10885     break;
10886   }
10887   if (Error != -1) {
10888     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
10889       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
10890     D->setInvalidDecl();
10891   }
10892 }
10893 
10894 StmtResult
10895 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
10896                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
10897                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
10898                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
10899   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
10900   //   A range-based for statement of the form
10901   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10902   //   is equivalent to
10903   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10904   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10905 
10906   const char *PrevSpec;
10907   unsigned DiagID;
10908   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
10909                      getPrintingPolicy());
10910 
10911   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
10912   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
10913   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
10914 
10915   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10916   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
10917                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
10918   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
10919   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10920   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
10921   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
10922                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
10923 }
10924 
10925 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
10926   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10927 
10928   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10929     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
10930     // initialiser
10931     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
10932         !var->hasInit()) {
10933       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
10934           << 1 /*Init*/;
10935       var->setInvalidDecl();
10936       return;
10937     }
10938   }
10939 
10940   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
10941   // local retaining variable.
10942   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10943       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10944     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
10945     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
10946     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
10947     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
10948       break;
10949 
10950     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
10951     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
10952       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10953       break;
10954     }
10955   }
10956 
10957   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
10958   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
10959   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
10960   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
10961   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
10962   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10963       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
10964       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
10965       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
10966                                   var->getLocation())) {
10967     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
10968     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
10969     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
10970       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
10971 
10972     if (!prev)
10973       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
10974   }
10975 
10976   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
10977   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
10978   const Expr *CacheCulprit;
10979   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
10980     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
10981       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10982             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
10983     return *CacheHasConstInit;
10984   };
10985 
10986   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
10987     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
10988       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
10989       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
10990       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
10991       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
10992       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10993         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10994     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
10995       if (!checkConstInit()) {
10996         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
10997         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
10998         //   initialization.
10999         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
11000         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
11001           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
11002         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
11003           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
11004       }
11005     }
11006   }
11007 
11008   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
11009   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
11010   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
11011       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
11012     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
11013     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
11014     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
11015       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
11016     else if (!var->getInit()) {
11017       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
11018       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
11019     } else {
11020       Stack = &DataSegStack;
11021       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
11022     }
11023     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
11024       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
11025           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
11026           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
11027     }
11028     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
11029       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
11030         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
11031 
11032     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
11033     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
11034     // attribute.
11035     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
11036       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
11037                                                CurInitSegLoc));
11038   }
11039 
11040   // All the following checks are C++ only.
11041   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11042       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
11043       // current module.
11044      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
11045        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
11046      return;
11047   }
11048 
11049   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
11050     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
11051 
11052   QualType type = var->getType();
11053   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
11054 
11055   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
11056   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11057     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
11058     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
11059 
11060     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
11061     // constructing this copy.
11062     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
11063       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(
11064           *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
11065       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
11066       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
11067       ExprResult result
11068         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
11069             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
11070             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
11071       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
11072         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
11073         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
11074         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
11075       }
11076     }
11077   }
11078 
11079   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
11080   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
11081   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
11082 
11083   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
11084       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
11085 
11086     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
11087       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
11088       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
11089         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
11090         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
11091         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
11092         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
11093               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
11094           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
11095           Notes.clear();
11096         }
11097         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
11098           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
11099         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
11100           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
11101       }
11102     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
11103       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
11104       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
11105       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
11106       var->checkInitIsICE();
11107     }
11108 
11109     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
11110     // were just diagnosed.
11111     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage &&
11112             var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) {
11113       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
11114       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
11115           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
11116       if (DiagErr) {
11117         auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>();
11118         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
11119           << Init->getSourceRange();
11120         Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
11121           << attr->getRange();
11122       }
11123     }
11124     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
11125              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
11126                                     var->getLocation())) {
11127       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
11128       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
11129       // warned about them.
11130       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
11131       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
11132         if (!checkConstInit())
11133           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
11134             << Init->getSourceRange();
11135       }
11136     }
11137   }
11138 
11139   // Require the destructor.
11140   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
11141     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
11142 
11143   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
11144   // module.
11145   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
11146     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
11147 }
11148 
11149 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
11150 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
11151   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
11152     return true;
11153   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
11154     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
11155       return true;
11156   return false;
11157 }
11158 
11159 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
11160 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
11161 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
11162   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
11163   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
11164 
11165   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
11166   if (!VD)
11167     return;
11168 
11169   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
11170     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
11171       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
11172     }
11173   }
11174 
11175   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
11176 
11177   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
11178   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
11179   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
11180   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
11181     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
11182     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
11183     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
11184         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11185       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
11186       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
11187         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
11188           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
11189           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
11190       }
11191     }
11192   }
11193 
11194   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
11195     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
11196             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
11197       // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
11198       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
11199         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
11200         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
11201         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
11202       }
11203       // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
11204       // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with
11205       // static storage class.
11206       if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() &&
11207           CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
11208                                diag::err_device_static_local_var)
11209               << CurrentCUDATarget())
11210         VD->setInvalidDecl();
11211     }
11212   }
11213 
11214   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
11215   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
11216   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
11217   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
11218   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
11219   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
11220     const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
11221     if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
11222       if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
11223           VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) {
11224         assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>());
11225         bool AllowedInit = false;
11226         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
11227           AllowedInit =
11228               isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor());
11229         // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty
11230         // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC,
11231         // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors.
11232         if (!AllowedInit &&
11233             (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
11234           AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
11235               Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType());
11236 
11237         // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty.
11238         if (AllowedInit)
11239           if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
11240             AllowedInit =
11241                 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor());
11242 
11243         if (!AllowedInit) {
11244           Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()
11245                                       ? diag::err_shared_var_init
11246                                       : diag::err_dynamic_var_init)
11247               << Init->getSourceRange();
11248           VD->setInvalidDecl();
11249         }
11250       } else {
11251         // This is a host-side global variable.  Check that the initializer is
11252         // callable from the host side.
11253         const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr;
11254         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
11255           InitFn = CE->getConstructor();
11256         } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) {
11257           InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee();
11258         }
11259         if (InitFn) {
11260           CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn);
11261           if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) {
11262             Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer)
11263                 << InitFnTarget << InitFn;
11264             Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn;
11265             VD->setInvalidDecl();
11266           }
11267         }
11268       }
11269     }
11270   }
11271 
11272   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
11273   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
11274 
11275   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
11276   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
11277     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
11278         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11279       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
11280       // with a warning.
11281       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
11282         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
11283       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
11284           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
11285           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11286 
11287       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
11288            IsClassTemplateMember
11289                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
11290                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
11291       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11292       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
11293         VD->setInvalidDecl();
11294     }
11295   }
11296 
11297   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
11298   // isn't exported with the variable.
11299   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
11300     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
11301     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
11302       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
11303       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
11304       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
11305       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
11306     } else {
11307       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
11308                                                                     << DLLAttr;
11309       VD->setInvalidDecl();
11310     }
11311   }
11312 
11313   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
11314     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11315       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
11316       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
11317     }
11318   }
11319 
11320   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
11321   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
11322   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
11323   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
11324     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
11325 
11326   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
11327   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
11328     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
11329 
11330   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
11331   // tag values.
11332   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
11333       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
11334     return;
11335 
11336   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11337     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
11338     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
11339       continue;
11340     }
11341     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
11342     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
11343       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11344            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
11345         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11346       continue;
11347     }
11348     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
11349       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11350            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
11351         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11352       continue;
11353     }
11354     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
11355     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
11356                                MagicValue,
11357                                I->getMatchingCType(),
11358                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
11359                                I->getMustBeNull());
11360   }
11361 }
11362 
11363 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
11364   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
11365   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
11366 }
11367 
11368 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
11369                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11370   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
11371 
11372   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
11373     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
11374 
11375   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11376   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11377   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
11378   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
11379   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
11380 
11381   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11382     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
11383       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
11384       // to perform.
11385       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
11386         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
11387           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
11388         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
11389           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
11390         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
11391             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
11392           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
11393 
11394         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
11395           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
11396           // declaration in the same group.
11397           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
11398             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
11399                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
11400                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11401                 << DD->getSourceRange();
11402             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
11403           }
11404 
11405           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
11406           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
11407           // declarator in the same group.
11408           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
11409             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
11410                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
11411                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
11412                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
11413                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11414                 << DD->getSourceRange();
11415             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
11416           }
11417         }
11418       }
11419 
11420       Decls.push_back(D);
11421     }
11422   }
11423 
11424   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
11425     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
11426       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
11427       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
11428           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11429         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
11430     }
11431   }
11432 
11433   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
11434 }
11435 
11436 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
11437 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
11438 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
11439 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11440   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
11441   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
11442   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
11443   if (Group.size() > 1) {
11444     QualType Deduced;
11445     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
11446     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11447       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
11448       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
11449         break;
11450       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
11451       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
11452         continue;
11453       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
11454         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
11455         DeducedDecl = D;
11456       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
11457         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
11458         Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11459              diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
11460           << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3)
11461           << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
11462           << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName()
11463           << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
11464           << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
11465         D->setInvalidDecl();
11466         break;
11467       }
11468     }
11469   }
11470 
11471   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
11472 
11473   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
11474       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
11475 }
11476 
11477 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
11478   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
11479 }
11480 
11481 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11482   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
11483   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
11484     return;
11485 
11486   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
11487                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
11488       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
11489                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
11490     return;
11491 
11492   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
11493     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
11494     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
11495     // additional declaration references:
11496     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
11497     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
11498     //   'struct S *pS;'
11499     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
11500     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
11501     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
11502       Group = Group.slice(1);
11503     }
11504   }
11505 
11506   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
11507   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
11508   if (!Comments.empty() &&
11509       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
11510     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
11511     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
11512     //
11513     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
11514     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
11515     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
11516     // ahead through comments.
11517     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
11518       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
11519   }
11520 }
11521 
11522 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
11523 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
11524 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
11525   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
11526 
11527   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
11528 
11529   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
11530   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
11531   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
11532     SC = SC_Register;
11533   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11534              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
11535     SC = SC_Auto;
11536   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
11537     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11538          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
11539     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
11540   }
11541 
11542   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11543     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
11544       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11545   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
11546     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
11547         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
11548   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
11549     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
11550       << 0;
11551   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
11552     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
11553 
11554   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
11555 
11556   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11557   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
11558 
11559   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11560     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
11561     // parameter.
11562     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11563 
11564     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
11565     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
11566       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
11567         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
11568       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
11569     }
11570   }
11571 
11572   // Ensure we have a valid name
11573   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
11574   if (D.hasName()) {
11575     II = D.getIdentifier();
11576     if (!II) {
11577       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
11578         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
11579       D.setInvalidType(true);
11580     }
11581   }
11582 
11583   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
11584   if (II) {
11585     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
11586                    ForRedeclaration);
11587     LookupName(R, S);
11588     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
11589       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
11590       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11591         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11592         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11593         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11594         PrevDecl = nullptr;
11595       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11596         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
11597         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11598 
11599         // Recover by removing the name
11600         II = nullptr;
11601         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
11602         D.setInvalidType(true);
11603       }
11604     }
11605   }
11606 
11607   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
11608   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
11609   // looking like class members in C++.
11610   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11611                                     D.getLocStart(),
11612                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
11613                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
11614                                     SC);
11615 
11616   if (D.isInvalidType())
11617     New->setInvalidDecl();
11618 
11619   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
11620   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
11621   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
11622                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
11623 
11624   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
11625   S->AddDecl(New);
11626   if (II)
11627     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
11628 
11629   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
11630 
11631   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11632     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11633       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
11634       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11635       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11636 
11637   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11638     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
11639   }
11640   return New;
11641 }
11642 
11643 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
11644 /// typedef.
11645 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
11646                                               SourceLocation Loc,
11647                                               QualType T) {
11648   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
11649      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
11650      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
11651   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
11652                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
11653                                            SC_None, nullptr);
11654   Param->setImplicit();
11655   return Param;
11656 }
11657 
11658 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
11659   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
11660   // will already have done so in the template itself.
11661   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
11662     return;
11663 
11664   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11665     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
11666         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
11667       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
11668         << Parameter->getDeclName();
11669     }
11670   }
11671 }
11672 
11673 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
11674     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
11675   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
11676     return;
11677 
11678   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11679   // threshold.
11680   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
11681     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
11682     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11683       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
11684           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
11685   }
11686 
11687   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11688   // threshold.
11689   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11690     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
11691     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
11692       continue;
11693     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
11694     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11695       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
11696           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
11697   }
11698 }
11699 
11700 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11701                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
11702                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
11703                                   StorageClass SC) {
11704   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
11705   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
11706       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
11707       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
11708 
11709     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
11710 
11711     // Special cases for arrays:
11712     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
11713     //   - otherwise, it's an error
11714     if (T->isArrayType()) {
11715       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
11716         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
11717             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
11718             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
11719       }
11720       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
11721     } else {
11722       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
11723     }
11724     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
11725   }
11726 
11727   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
11728                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
11729                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
11730 
11731   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
11732   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
11733   // the class has been completely parsed.
11734   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
11735       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11736                              AbstractParamType))
11737     New->setInvalidDecl();
11738 
11739   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
11740   // passed by reference.
11741   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
11742     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
11743         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd());
11744     Diag(NameLoc,
11745          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
11746       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
11747     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
11748     New->setType(T);
11749   }
11750 
11751   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
11752   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
11753   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
11754   // an address space.
11755   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
11756     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
11757     // to be qualified with an address space.
11758     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
11759       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
11760       New->setInvalidDecl();
11761     }
11762   }
11763 
11764   return New;
11765 }
11766 
11767 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
11768                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
11769   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
11770 
11771   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
11772   // for a K&R function.
11773   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
11774     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
11775       --i;
11776       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
11777         SmallString<256> Code;
11778         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
11779             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
11780         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
11781             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
11782             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
11783 
11784         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
11785         // type.
11786         AttributeFactory attrs;
11787         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
11788         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
11789         unsigned DiagID; // unused
11790         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
11791                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11792         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
11793         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11794         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11795         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
11796         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11797         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
11798       }
11799     }
11800   }
11801 }
11802 
11803 Decl *
11804 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
11805                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11806                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11807   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
11808   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
11809   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
11810 
11811   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
11812   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
11813   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
11814 }
11815 
11816 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
11817   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
11818 }
11819 
11820 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
11821                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11822   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
11823   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11824     return false;
11825 
11826   // Or declarations that aren't global.
11827   if (!FD->isGlobal())
11828     return false;
11829 
11830   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
11831   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
11832     return false;
11833 
11834   // Don't warn about 'main'.
11835   if (FD->isMain())
11836     return false;
11837 
11838   // Don't warn about inline functions.
11839   if (FD->isInlined())
11840     return false;
11841 
11842   // Don't warn about function templates.
11843   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11844     return false;
11845 
11846   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
11847   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
11848     return false;
11849 
11850   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
11851   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
11852     return false;
11853 
11854   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
11855   if (FD->isDeleted())
11856     return false;
11857 
11858   bool MissingPrototype = true;
11859   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
11860        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
11861     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
11862     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
11863     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
11864       continue;
11865 
11866     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
11867     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
11868       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
11869     break;
11870   }
11871 
11872   return MissingPrototype;
11873 }
11874 
11875 void
11876 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
11877                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
11878                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11879   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
11880   if (!Definition)
11881     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
11882       return;
11883 
11884   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
11885     return;
11886 
11887   // Don't emit an error when this is redifinition of a typo-corrected
11888   // definition.
11889   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
11890     return;
11891 
11892   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
11893   // a template, skip the new definition.
11894   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
11895       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
11896        Definition->isInlined() ||
11897        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
11898        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
11899     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11900     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11901       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
11902     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
11903     return;
11904   }
11905 
11906   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
11907       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
11908     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
11909         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
11910   else
11911     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
11912 
11913   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11914   FD->setInvalidDecl();
11915 }
11916 
11917 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
11918                                    Sema &S) {
11919   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
11920 
11921   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
11922   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
11923   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
11924   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
11925   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
11926 
11927   if (LCD == LCD_None)
11928     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
11929   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
11930     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
11931   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
11932     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
11933   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
11934 
11935   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
11936   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
11937 
11938   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
11939   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
11940   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
11941   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
11942     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
11943       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
11944       if (VD->isInitCapture())
11945         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
11946       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
11947       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
11948       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
11949           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
11950           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
11951                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
11952           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
11953 
11954     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
11955       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
11956                               /*Expr*/ nullptr,
11957                               C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
11958     } else {
11959       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
11960     }
11961     ++I;
11962   }
11963 }
11964 
11965 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
11966                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11967   if (!D)
11968     return D;
11969   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11970 
11971   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
11972     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
11973   else
11974     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
11975 
11976   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
11977   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
11978     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
11979     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
11980     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11981   }
11982   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
11983     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
11984     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
11985     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11986   }
11987 
11988   // See if this is a redefinition.
11989   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
11990     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
11991 
11992     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
11993     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
11994       return D;
11995   }
11996 
11997   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
11998   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
11999   // this function.
12000   FD->setWillHaveBody();
12001 
12002   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
12003   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
12004   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
12005   // LambdaScopeInfo.
12006   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
12007   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
12008   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
12009   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
12010   // have the LSI properly restored.
12011   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
12012     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
12013            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
12014            "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
12015     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
12016   } else {
12017     // Enter a new function scope
12018     PushFunctionScope();
12019   }
12020 
12021   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
12022   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12023     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
12024         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
12025       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
12026       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12027     }
12028   }
12029 
12030   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
12031   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
12032   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
12033   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
12034       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
12035       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
12036                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
12037     FD->setInvalidDecl();
12038 
12039   if (FnBodyScope)
12040     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
12041 
12042   // Check the validity of our function parameters
12043   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
12044                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
12045 
12046   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
12047   // scope.
12048   if (FnBodyScope) {
12049     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
12050       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
12051       if (!NonParmDecl)
12052         continue;
12053       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
12054              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
12055 
12056       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
12057       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
12058         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
12059 
12060       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
12061       // accessible in this scope.
12062       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
12063         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
12064           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
12065       }
12066     }
12067   }
12068 
12069   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
12070   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
12071     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
12072 
12073     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
12074     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
12075       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
12076 
12077       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
12078     }
12079   }
12080 
12081   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
12082   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
12083     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
12084 
12085   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
12086   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
12087       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
12088     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
12089     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
12090     FD->setInvalidDecl();
12091     return D;
12092   }
12093   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
12094   // a function template).
12095   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
12096   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
12097       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
12098       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
12099     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
12100 
12101   return D;
12102 }
12103 
12104 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
12105 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
12106 /// optimization.
12107 ///
12108 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
12109 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
12110 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
12111 /// use the named return value optimization.
12112 ///
12113 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
12114 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
12115 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
12116 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
12117   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
12118 
12119   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
12120     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
12121       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
12122         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
12123     }
12124   }
12125 }
12126 
12127 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
12128   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
12129   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
12130     return false;
12131 
12132   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
12133   // return type (yet).
12134   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
12135     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
12136     // we can still delay parsing it.
12137     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
12138       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
12139       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
12140           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
12141         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
12142         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
12143       }
12144     }
12145     return false;
12146   }
12147 
12148   return true;
12149 }
12150 
12151 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
12152   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
12153   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
12154   // rest of the file.
12155   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
12156   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
12157   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
12158     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
12159       return false;
12160   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
12161 }
12162 
12163 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
12164   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
12165     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
12166   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
12167     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
12168   return Decl;
12169 }
12170 
12171 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
12172   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
12173 }
12174 
12175 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
12176                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
12177   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
12178 
12179   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
12180   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
12181 
12182   if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine())
12183     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
12184 
12185   if (FD) {
12186     FD->setBody(Body);
12187 
12188     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
12189       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
12190           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12191         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
12192         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
12193         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
12194         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
12195           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
12196               << FD->getReturnType();
12197           FD->setInvalidDecl();
12198         } else {
12199           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
12200           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
12201           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
12202               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
12203         }
12204       }
12205     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
12206       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
12207       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
12208       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
12209       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
12210         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
12211 
12212         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
12213         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
12214         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
12215         QualType RetType =
12216             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
12217 
12218         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
12219         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
12220             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12221         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
12222                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
12223       }
12224     }
12225 
12226     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
12227     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
12228     // is the first declaration.
12229     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
12230       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
12231         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
12232       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
12233                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
12234                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
12235         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
12236     }
12237 
12238     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
12239     // don't complain about missing return statements.
12240     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
12241       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
12242 
12243     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
12244     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
12245     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
12246       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
12247 
12248     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12249       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
12250       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
12251         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
12252       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
12253                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
12254 
12255       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
12256       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
12257         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
12258       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
12259         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
12260 
12261       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
12262       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
12263       // to deduce an implicit return type.
12264       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
12265           !FD->isDependentContext())
12266         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12267     }
12268 
12269     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
12270     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
12271     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
12272     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
12273     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
12274     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
12275     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
12276       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
12277 
12278       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
12279         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
12280         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
12281         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
12282                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
12283           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12284           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
12285             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
12286                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
12287                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
12288                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
12289         }
12290       }
12291 
12292       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
12293       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
12294       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
12295       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
12296       //   An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition
12297       //   of that function specifies that the function has no parameters
12298       //   (C99 6.7.5.3p14)
12299       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 &&
12300           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12301         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
12302         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12303         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
12304         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1;
12305       }
12306     }
12307 
12308     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
12309       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
12310       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
12311           MD->isVirtual() &&
12312           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
12313           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
12314         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
12315         if (FD->isInlined() &&
12316             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
12317           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
12318 
12319           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
12320           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
12321           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
12322           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
12323           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
12324             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12325         } else {
12326           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
12327           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12328         }
12329       }
12330     }
12331 
12332     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
12333            "Function parsing confused");
12334   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
12335     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
12336     MD->setBody(Body);
12337     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12338       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters());
12339       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
12340                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
12341 
12342       if (Body)
12343         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12344     }
12345     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
12346       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
12347         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
12348       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
12349     }
12350     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
12351       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
12352       bool isDesignated =
12353           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
12354       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
12355       (void)isDesignated;
12356 
12357       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
12358         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
12359         if (!IFace)
12360           return false;
12361         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
12362         if (!SuperD)
12363           return false;
12364         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
12365             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
12366       };
12367       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
12368       // of NSObject.
12369       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
12370         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12371              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
12372         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
12373              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
12374       }
12375       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
12376     }
12377     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
12378       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
12379       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
12380         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12381              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
12382       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
12383     }
12384   } else {
12385     return nullptr;
12386   }
12387 
12388   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
12389     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
12390 
12391   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
12392          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
12393          "handled in the block above.");
12394 
12395   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
12396   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
12397     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
12398     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
12399     // Verify this.
12400     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
12401       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
12402 
12403     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
12404     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12405         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12406       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
12407 
12408     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
12409       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
12410         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
12411 
12412       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
12413                                              Destructor->getParent());
12414     }
12415 
12416     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12417     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12418     // deletion in some later function.
12419     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
12420         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
12421       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12422     }
12423     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
12424         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
12425       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
12426       // enabled.
12427       ActivePolicy = &WP;
12428     }
12429 
12430     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
12431         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
12432          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
12433       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12434 
12435     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
12436       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
12437         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
12438         // require prologue.
12439         bool RegisterVariables = false;
12440         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
12441           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
12442             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
12443               RegisterVariables =
12444                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
12445               if (!RegisterVariables)
12446                 break;
12447             }
12448           }
12449         }
12450         if (RegisterVariables)
12451           continue;
12452         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
12453           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
12454           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
12455           FD->setInvalidDecl();
12456           break;
12457         }
12458       }
12459     }
12460 
12461     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
12462                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
12463            "Leftover temporaries in function");
12464     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
12465     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
12466            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
12467   }
12468 
12469   if (!IsInstantiation)
12470     PopDeclContext();
12471 
12472   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
12473   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12474   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12475   // deletion in some later function.
12476   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
12477     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12478   }
12479 
12480   return dcl;
12481 }
12482 
12483 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
12484 /// relevant Decl.
12485 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
12486                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
12487   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
12488   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
12489     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
12490   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
12491 
12492   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
12493     if (Method->isStatic())
12494       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
12495 }
12496 
12497 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
12498 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
12499 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
12500                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
12501   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
12502   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
12503   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
12504   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
12505   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
12506     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
12507     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12508     return ExternCPrev;
12509   }
12510 
12511   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
12512   unsigned diag_id;
12513   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
12514     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
12515   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
12516     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
12517   else
12518     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
12519   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
12520 
12521   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
12522   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
12523   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
12524     TypoCorrection Corrected;
12525     if (S &&
12526         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
12527              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
12528              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
12529       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
12530                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
12531   }
12532 
12533   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
12534   const char *Dummy;
12535   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
12536   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
12537   unsigned DiagID;
12538   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
12539                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
12540   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
12541   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
12542   SourceLocation NoLoc;
12543   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
12544   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
12545                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
12546                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12547                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
12548                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
12549                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
12550                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12551                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
12552                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
12553                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12554                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12555                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12556                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12557                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
12558                                              EST_None,
12559                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
12560                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
12561                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
12562                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
12563                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
12564                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
12565                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None,
12566                                              Loc, Loc, D),
12567                 DS.getAttributes(),
12568                 SourceLocation());
12569   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
12570 
12571   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
12572 
12573   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
12574   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
12575 
12576   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
12577   FD->setImplicit();
12578 
12579   CurContext = PrevDC;
12580 
12581   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
12582 
12583   return FD;
12584 }
12585 
12586 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
12587 /// the declaration of this function.
12588 ///
12589 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
12590 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
12591 /// like NSLog or printf.
12592 ///
12593 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
12594 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
12595 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12596   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
12597     return;
12598 
12599   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
12600   // actual attributes.
12601   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12602     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
12603     unsigned FormatIdx;
12604     bool HasVAListArg;
12605     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
12606       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
12607         const char *fmt = "printf";
12608         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
12609         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
12610             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12611           fmt = "NSString";
12612         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12613                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
12614                                                FormatIdx+1,
12615                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12616                                                FD->getLocation()));
12617       }
12618     }
12619     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
12620                                              HasVAListArg)) {
12621      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12622        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12623                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
12624                                               FormatIdx+1,
12625                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12626                                               FD->getLocation()));
12627     }
12628 
12629     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
12630     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
12631     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
12632     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
12633         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
12634       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12635         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12636     }
12637 
12638     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
12639         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
12640       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12641                                          FD->getLocation()));
12642     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
12643       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12644     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
12645       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12646     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12647       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12648     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
12649         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
12650       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
12651       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
12652       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
12653       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
12654           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
12655         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12656       else
12657         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12658     }
12659   }
12660 
12661   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
12662   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
12663   // across.
12664   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
12665       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
12666     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12667     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
12668       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12669   }
12670 
12671   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
12672   if (!Name)
12673     return;
12674   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12675        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
12676       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
12677        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
12678        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
12679     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
12680     // about.
12681   } else
12682     return;
12683 
12684   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
12685     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
12686     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
12687     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12688       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12689                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
12690                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
12691                                              FD->getLocation()));
12692   }
12693 
12694   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
12695     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
12696     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
12697     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
12698       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
12699                                                 FD->getLocation()));
12700   }
12701 }
12702 
12703 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
12704                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
12705   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
12706   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
12707 
12708   if (!TInfo) {
12709     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
12710     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12711   }
12712 
12713   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
12714   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12715                                            D.getLocStart(),
12716                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
12717                                            D.getIdentifier(),
12718                                            TInfo);
12719 
12720   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
12721   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
12722     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
12723     return NewTD;
12724   }
12725 
12726   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
12727     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12728       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
12729         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
12730         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
12731         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
12732     else
12733       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
12734   }
12735 
12736   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
12737   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
12738   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
12739   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
12740   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
12741   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
12742   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
12743   case TST_enum:
12744   case TST_struct:
12745   case TST_interface:
12746   case TST_union:
12747   case TST_class: {
12748     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
12749     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
12750     break;
12751   }
12752 
12753   default:
12754     break;
12755   }
12756 
12757   return NewTD;
12758 }
12759 
12760 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
12761 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
12762   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12763   QualType T = TI->getType();
12764 
12765   if (T->isDependentType())
12766     return false;
12767 
12768   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
12769     if (BT->isInteger())
12770       return false;
12771 
12772   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
12773   return true;
12774 }
12775 
12776 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
12777 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
12778 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
12779     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
12780     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
12781   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
12782 
12783   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
12784     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
12785       << Prev->isScoped();
12786     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12787     return true;
12788   }
12789 
12790   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
12791     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
12792         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
12793         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
12794                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
12795       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
12796       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
12797         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
12798       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
12799           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
12800       return true;
12801     }
12802   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
12803     ;
12804   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
12805     ;
12806   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
12807     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
12808       << Prev->isFixed();
12809     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12810     return true;
12811   }
12812 
12813   return false;
12814 }
12815 
12816 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
12817 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
12818 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
12819 ///
12820 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
12821 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
12822   switch (Tag) {
12823   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
12824   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
12825   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
12826   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
12827   }
12828 }
12829 
12830 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
12831 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
12832 ///
12833 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
12834 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
12835 {
12836   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
12837 }
12838 
12839 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
12840                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
12841   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
12842     return NTK_Typedef;
12843   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
12844     return NTK_TypeAlias;
12845   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12846     return NTK_Template;
12847   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12848     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
12849   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
12850     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
12851   switch (TTK) {
12852   case TTK_Struct:
12853   case TTK_Interface:
12854   case TTK_Class:
12855     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
12856   case TTK_Union:
12857     return NTK_NonUnion;
12858   case TTK_Enum:
12859     return NTK_NonEnum;
12860   }
12861   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
12862 }
12863 
12864 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
12865 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
12866 ///
12867 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
12868 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
12869                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
12870                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
12871                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
12872   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
12873   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
12874   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
12875   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
12876   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
12877   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
12878   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
12879   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
12880   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
12881   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
12882   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
12883   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
12884   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
12885   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
12886   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
12887     if (OldTag == NewTag)
12888       return true;
12889 
12890   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
12891     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
12892     bool isTemplate = false;
12893     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
12894       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12895 
12896     if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12897       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
12898       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
12899       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12900         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12901         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12902       return true;
12903     }
12904 
12905     if (isDefinition) {
12906       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
12907       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
12908       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12909         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
12910         return true;
12911       }
12912 
12913       bool previousMismatch = false;
12914       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
12915         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
12916           if (!previousMismatch) {
12917             previousMismatch = true;
12918             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
12919               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12920               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
12921           }
12922           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12923             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
12924             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
12925                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
12926         }
12927       }
12928       return true;
12929     }
12930 
12931     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
12932     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
12933     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
12934     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
12935                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
12936     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
12937       return true;
12938     }
12939 
12940     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12941       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12942       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12943     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12944 
12945     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
12946     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12947         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12948           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
12949           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
12950                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
12951     }
12952 
12953     return true;
12954   }
12955   return false;
12956 }
12957 
12958 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
12959 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
12960 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
12961 ///   namespace N {
12962 ///     struct X;
12963 ///     namespace M {
12964 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
12965 ///     }
12966 ///   }
12967 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
12968                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12969   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
12970   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
12971   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
12972   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
12973   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12974   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
12975     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
12976     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
12977     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
12978     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
12979       return FixItHint();
12980     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
12981     Namespaces.push_back(II);
12982     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
12983         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
12984     if (Lookup == Namespace)
12985       break;
12986   }
12987 
12988   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
12989   // build an NNS.
12990   SmallString<64> Insertion;
12991   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
12992   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
12993     OS << "::";
12994   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
12995   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
12996     OS << II->getName() << "::";
12997   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
12998 }
12999 
13000 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
13001 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
13002 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
13003 /// using-declaration).
13004 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
13005                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
13006   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
13007   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
13008 
13009   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
13010     return true;
13011 
13012   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
13013   // encloses the other).
13014   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
13015       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
13016     return true;
13017 
13018   return false;
13019 }
13020 
13021 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
13022 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
13023 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
13024 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
13025 ///
13026 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
13027 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
13028 ///
13029 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
13030 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
13031 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
13032                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
13033                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
13034                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
13035                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
13036                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13037                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
13038                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
13039                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
13040                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
13041                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13042   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
13043   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
13044   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
13045          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
13046   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
13047 
13048   OwnedDecl = false;
13049   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
13050   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
13051 
13052   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
13053   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
13054   bool Invalid = false;
13055 
13056   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
13057   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
13058   // for non-C++ cases.
13059   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
13060       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
13061     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
13062             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
13063                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
13064                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
13065       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13066         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
13067         return nullptr;
13068       }
13069 
13070       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
13071         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
13072         // be a member of another template).
13073 
13074         if (Invalid)
13075           return nullptr;
13076 
13077         OwnedDecl = false;
13078         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
13079                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
13080                                                TemplateParams, AS,
13081                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
13082                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
13083                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
13084                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
13085                                                SkipBody);
13086         return Result.get();
13087       } else {
13088         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
13089         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
13090           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
13091         isMemberSpecialization = true;
13092       }
13093     }
13094   }
13095 
13096   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
13097   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
13098   // redeclaration.
13099   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
13100   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
13101 
13102   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13103     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
13104       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
13105       // type, default to int.
13106       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13107     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
13108       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
13109       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
13110       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
13111       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
13112       EnumUnderlying = TI;
13113 
13114       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
13115         // Recover by falling back to int.
13116         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13117 
13118       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
13119                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
13120         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13121 
13122     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
13123       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13124         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
13125         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
13126         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
13127       }
13128     }
13129   }
13130 
13131   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
13132   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
13133   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
13134   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
13135 
13136   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
13137   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
13138     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
13139 
13140   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
13141   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13142     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
13143 
13144     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
13145     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
13146       Name = nullptr;
13147       goto CreateNewDecl;
13148     }
13149 
13150     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
13151     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
13152     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13153       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
13154       if (!DC) {
13155         IsDependent = true;
13156         return nullptr;
13157       }
13158     } else {
13159       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
13160       if (!DC) {
13161         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
13162           << SS.getRange();
13163         return nullptr;
13164       }
13165     }
13166 
13167     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
13168       return nullptr;
13169 
13170     SearchDC = DC;
13171     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
13172     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
13173 
13174     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
13175       return nullptr;
13176 
13177     if (Previous.empty()) {
13178       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
13179       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
13180       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
13181       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
13182       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
13183       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
13184       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
13185           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
13186         IsDependent = true;
13187         return nullptr;
13188       }
13189 
13190       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
13191       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
13192         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
13193       Name = nullptr;
13194       Invalid = true;
13195       goto CreateNewDecl;
13196     }
13197   } else if (Name) {
13198     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
13199     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
13200     //   name different from T:
13201     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
13202     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
13203         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
13204       return nullptr;
13205 
13206     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
13207     // declaration or definition.
13208     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
13209     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
13210     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
13211     LookupName(Previous, S);
13212 
13213     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
13214     // by types using'ed into this scope.
13215     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
13216         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
13217       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
13218       while (F.hasNext()) {
13219         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
13220         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
13221                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
13222           F.erase();
13223       }
13224       F.done();
13225     }
13226 
13227     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
13228     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
13229     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
13230     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
13231     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
13232     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
13233     //
13234     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
13235     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
13236     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
13237     //
13238     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
13239     // semantic context?
13240     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13241       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
13242       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
13243       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
13244       while (F.hasNext()) {
13245         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
13246         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13247         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
13248             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
13249           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13250             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
13251           else
13252             F.erase();
13253         }
13254       }
13255       F.done();
13256 
13257       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
13258       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
13259       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
13260         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
13261         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
13262             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
13263       }
13264     }
13265 
13266     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
13267     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
13268       return nullptr;
13269 
13270     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
13271       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
13272       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
13273       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
13274       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
13275       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
13276         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
13277     }
13278   }
13279 
13280   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
13281       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
13282     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13283     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
13284     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13285     Previous.clear();
13286   }
13287 
13288   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
13289       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
13290     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
13291       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
13292       isStdBadAlloc = true;
13293 
13294       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
13295       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
13296       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
13297       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
13298         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
13299     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
13300       isStdAlignValT = true;
13301       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
13302         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
13303     }
13304   }
13305 
13306   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
13307   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
13308   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
13309   // there's a shadow friend decl.
13310   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
13311       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
13312     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
13313     assert(SS.isEmpty());
13314 
13315     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13316       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
13317       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
13318       //
13319       //          class-key identifier
13320       //
13321       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
13322       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
13323       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
13324       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
13325       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
13326       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
13327       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
13328       //      declaration.
13329       //
13330       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
13331       // C structs and unions.
13332       //
13333       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
13334       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
13335       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
13336       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
13337       //
13338       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
13339       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
13340       //
13341       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
13342       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
13343       // lexical context,
13344       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
13345 
13346       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
13347       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13348     } else {
13349       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
13350       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
13351       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
13352       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
13353       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
13354       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
13355     }
13356 
13357     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
13358     // diagnose some problems.
13359     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
13360     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
13361     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
13362     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
13363     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13364       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
13365       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
13366     } else {
13367       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
13368       LookupName(Previous, S);
13369     }
13370   }
13371 
13372   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
13373   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
13374     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
13375 
13376   if (!Previous.empty()) {
13377     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
13378     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13379 
13380     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
13381     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
13382     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
13383     // in C++.
13384     //
13385     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
13386     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
13387     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
13388     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
13389     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13390       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13391         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
13392           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
13393           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
13394               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
13395                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
13396             PrevDecl = Tag;
13397             Previous.clear();
13398             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
13399             Previous.resolveKind();
13400           }
13401         }
13402       }
13403     }
13404 
13405     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
13406     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
13407     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
13408     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
13409       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
13410       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
13411           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
13412           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
13413                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
13414         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
13415         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
13416              diag::note_using_decl_target);
13417         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
13418             << 0;
13419         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
13420         Previous.clear();
13421         goto CreateNewDecl;
13422       }
13423     }
13424 
13425     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13426       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
13427       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
13428       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
13429       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
13430           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13431                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
13432         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
13433         // struct or something similar.
13434         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
13435                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
13436                                           Name)) {
13437           bool SafeToContinue
13438             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
13439                Kind != TTK_Enum);
13440           if (SafeToContinue)
13441             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
13442               << Name
13443               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
13444                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
13445           else
13446             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
13447           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
13448 
13449           if (SafeToContinue)
13450             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
13451           else {
13452             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
13453             Name = nullptr;
13454             Previous.clear();
13455             Invalid = true;
13456           }
13457         }
13458 
13459         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
13460           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
13461 
13462           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
13463           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
13464           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13465             if (ScopedEnum)
13466               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
13467                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
13468                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
13469             return PrevTagDecl;
13470           }
13471 
13472           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
13473           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13474             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
13475           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
13476             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
13477 
13478           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
13479           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
13480           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
13481           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
13482                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
13483                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
13484             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
13485         }
13486 
13487         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
13488         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
13489         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
13490         //   and then later defined.
13491         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
13492             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13493           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
13494           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13495         }
13496 
13497         if (!Invalid) {
13498           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
13499           // we have attributes.
13500           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13501             if (Attr) {
13502               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
13503               // declaration to hold them.
13504             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
13505                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
13506                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
13507                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
13508                        SS.isEmpty()) {
13509               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
13510               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
13511               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
13512               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
13513               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
13514               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
13515               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
13516               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
13517                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13518                 return PrevTagDecl;
13519               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
13520               // that scope.
13521               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13522             } else {
13523               return PrevTagDecl;
13524             }
13525           }
13526 
13527           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
13528           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13529             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
13530               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
13531               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
13532               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
13533               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
13534               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
13535                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
13536                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13537                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13538                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13539                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
13540                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13541                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13542                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13543               }
13544 
13545               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
13546               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13547                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
13548                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
13549                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
13550                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
13551                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
13552                 // use it in place of this one.
13553                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13554                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
13555                 return Def;
13556               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
13557                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
13558                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
13559                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
13560                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
13561                 else
13562                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
13563                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
13564                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
13565                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
13566                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
13567                 // references get the previous definition.
13568                 Name = nullptr;
13569                 Previous.clear();
13570                 Invalid = true;
13571               }
13572             } else {
13573               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
13574               // about a nested redefinition.
13575               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
13576               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
13577                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
13578                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
13579                      diag::note_previous_definition);
13580                 Name = nullptr;
13581                 Previous.clear();
13582                 Invalid = true;
13583               }
13584             }
13585 
13586             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
13587             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
13588           }
13589 
13590           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
13591           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
13592           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
13593           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13594             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
13595             AS = AS_none;
13596           }
13597         }
13598         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
13599         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
13600 
13601       } else {
13602         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
13603         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
13604         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
13605         // have distinct types.
13606         Previous.clear();
13607       }
13608       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
13609       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
13610       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
13611 
13612     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
13613     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
13614     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
13615     } else {
13616       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
13617       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
13618       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
13619       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
13620           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
13621         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13622         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
13623                                                        << Kind;
13624         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13625         Invalid = true;
13626 
13627       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
13628       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13629                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
13630         // do nothing
13631 
13632       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
13633       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13634         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13635         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
13636         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13637         Invalid = true;
13638 
13639       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
13640       // case here.
13641       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13642         unsigned Kind = 0;
13643         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
13644         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
13645           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
13646         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13647         Invalid = true;
13648 
13649       // Otherwise, diagnose.
13650       } else {
13651         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
13652         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
13653         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
13654         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
13655         Name = nullptr;
13656         Invalid = true;
13657       }
13658 
13659       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
13660       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
13661       Previous.clear();
13662     }
13663   }
13664 
13665 CreateNewDecl:
13666 
13667   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13668   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
13669     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
13670 
13671   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13672   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13673   // keyword.
13674   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13675 
13676   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
13677   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
13678   // PrevDecl.
13679   TagDecl *New;
13680 
13681   bool IsForwardReference = false;
13682   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13683     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13684     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
13685     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13686                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
13687                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13688 
13689     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
13690       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13691 
13692     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
13693     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
13694       TagDecl *Def;
13695       if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit &&
13696           (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
13697           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
13698         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
13699         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
13700       }
13701       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
13702         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
13703           << New;
13704         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13705       } else {
13706         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
13707         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13708           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
13709         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13710           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
13711         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
13712 
13713         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
13714         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
13715         // the declaration context.
13716         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
13717           IsForwardReference = true;
13718       }
13719     }
13720 
13721     if (EnumUnderlying) {
13722       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13723       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13724         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13725       else
13726         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
13727       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13728     }
13729   } else {
13730     // struct/union/class
13731 
13732     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13733     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
13734     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13735       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
13736       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13737                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13738 
13739       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
13740         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
13741     } else
13742       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13743                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13744   }
13745 
13746   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
13747   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
13748   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13749     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
13750       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13751     Invalid = true;
13752   }
13753 
13754   // Maybe add qualifier info.
13755   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13756     if (SS.isSet()) {
13757       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
13758       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
13759       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
13760       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
13761       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
13762       if (!isMemberSpecialization &&
13763           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
13764           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
13765         Invalid = true;
13766 
13767       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
13768       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
13769         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
13770       }
13771     }
13772     else
13773       Invalid = true;
13774   }
13775 
13776   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13777     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
13778     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13779     //
13780     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13781     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
13782     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13783     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13784     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13785     // parsing of the struct).
13786     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13787       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13788       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13789     }
13790   }
13791 
13792   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
13793     if (isMemberSpecialization)
13794       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
13795         << 2
13796         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
13797     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
13798     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
13799     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
13800     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
13801       New->setModulePrivate();
13802   }
13803 
13804   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
13805   // check the specialization.
13806   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
13807     Invalid = true;
13808 
13809   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
13810   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
13811   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
13812   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
13813       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
13814     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13815       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
13816       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
13817       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
13818         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
13819             << Name;
13820         Invalid = true;
13821       }
13822     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
13823       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13824     }
13825   }
13826 
13827   if (Invalid)
13828     New->setInvalidDecl();
13829 
13830   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
13831   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
13832   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13833 
13834   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
13835   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
13836   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
13837   // the tag name visible.
13838   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
13839     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
13840 
13841   // Set the access specifier.
13842   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
13843     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
13844 
13845   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
13846     New->startDefinition();
13847 
13848   if (Attr)
13849     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13850   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
13851 
13852   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13853   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13854     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
13855     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
13856     if (PrevDecl)
13857       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
13858 
13859     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13860     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13861     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
13862       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
13863         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
13864   } else if (Name) {
13865     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13866     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
13867     if (IsForwardReference)
13868       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13869   } else {
13870     CurContext->addDecl(New);
13871   }
13872 
13873   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
13874   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
13875     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
13876         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
13877         II->isStr("FILE"))
13878       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
13879 
13880   if (PrevDecl)
13881     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
13882 
13883   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13884   // record.
13885   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
13886 
13887   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
13888     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
13889 
13890   OwnedDecl = true;
13891   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
13892   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
13893   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13894     if (New->isBeingDefined())
13895       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
13896         RD->completeDefinition();
13897     return nullptr;
13898   } else {
13899     return New;
13900   }
13901 }
13902 
13903 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13904   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13905   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13906 
13907   // Enter the tag context.
13908   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
13909 
13910   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
13911 
13912   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13913   // record.
13914   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
13915 }
13916 
13917 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
13918   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
13919          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
13920   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
13921   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
13922       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
13923   CurContext = OCD;
13924   return IDecl;
13925 }
13926 
13927 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13928                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
13929                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
13930                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
13931   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13932   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
13933 
13934   FieldCollector->StartClass();
13935 
13936   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
13937     return;
13938 
13939   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
13940     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
13941                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
13942 
13943   // C++ [class]p2:
13944   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
13945   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
13946   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
13947   //   as if it were a public member name.
13948   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
13949     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
13950                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
13951                             Record->getIdentifier(),
13952                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
13953                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
13954   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
13955   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
13956   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
13957   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
13958       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
13959   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
13960   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
13961          "Broken injected-class-name");
13962 }
13963 
13964 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13965                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
13966   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13967   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13968   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
13969 
13970   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13971   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13972     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
13973     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13974       RD->completeDefinition();
13975   }
13976 
13977   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
13978     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
13979   }
13980 
13981   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
13982   PopDeclContext();
13983 
13984   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
13985       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
13986     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
13987 
13988   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
13989   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
13990     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
13991 }
13992 
13993 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
13994   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
13995   PopDeclContext();
13996 }
13997 
13998 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13999   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
14000   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
14001   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
14002 }
14003 
14004 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
14005   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
14006   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
14007 }
14008 
14009 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
14010   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
14011   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
14012   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
14013 
14014   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
14015   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
14016     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
14017       RD->completeDefinition();
14018   }
14019 
14020   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
14021   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
14022   // the FieldCollector.
14023 
14024   PopDeclContext();
14025 }
14026 
14027 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
14028 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
14029                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
14030                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
14031                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
14032   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
14033   if (ZeroWidth)
14034     *ZeroWidth = true;
14035 
14036   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
14037   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
14038   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
14039     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
14040     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
14041       return ExprError();
14042     if (FieldName)
14043       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
14044         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
14045     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
14046       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
14047   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
14048                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
14049     return ExprError();
14050 
14051   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
14052   // it now.
14053   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
14054     return BitWidth;
14055 
14056   llvm::APSInt Value;
14057   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
14058   if (ICE.isInvalid())
14059     return ICE;
14060   BitWidth = ICE.get();
14061 
14062   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
14063     *ZeroWidth = false;
14064 
14065   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
14066   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
14067     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
14068 
14069   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
14070     if (FieldName)
14071       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
14072                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
14073     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
14074       << Value.toString(10);
14075   }
14076 
14077   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
14078     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
14079     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
14080     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
14081 
14082     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
14083     // ABI.
14084     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
14085         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
14086     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
14087         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
14088         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
14089     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
14090       unsigned DiagWidth =
14091           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
14092       if (FieldName)
14093         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14094                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
14095                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
14096 
14097       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14098              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
14099              << DiagWidth;
14100     }
14101 
14102     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
14103     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
14104     // 'bool'.
14105     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
14106       if (FieldName)
14107         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14108             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
14109             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
14110       else
14111         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
14112             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
14113     }
14114   }
14115 
14116   return BitWidth;
14117 }
14118 
14119 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
14120 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
14121 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
14122                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
14123   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
14124                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
14125                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
14126   return Res;
14127 }
14128 
14129 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
14130 ///
14131 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
14132                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
14133                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
14134                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
14135                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
14136   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
14137     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
14138     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
14139       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
14140     return nullptr;
14141   }
14142 
14143   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14144   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14145   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14146 
14147   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14148   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14149   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14150     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
14151 
14152     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
14153                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
14154       D.setInvalidType();
14155       T = Context.IntTy;
14156       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
14157     }
14158   }
14159 
14160   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
14161   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
14162     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
14163     D.setInvalidType();
14164   }
14165 
14166   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
14167   // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
14168   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() ||
14169                           T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) {
14170     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
14171     D.setInvalidType();
14172   }
14173 
14174   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
14175 
14176   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
14177     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
14178         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
14179   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
14180     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
14181          diag::err_invalid_thread)
14182       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
14183 
14184   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
14185   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
14186   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
14187   LookupName(Previous, S);
14188   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
14189     case LookupResult::Found:
14190     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
14191       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
14192       break;
14193 
14194     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
14195       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
14196       break;
14197 
14198     case LookupResult::NotFound:
14199     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
14200     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
14201       break;
14202   }
14203   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
14204 
14205   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
14206     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
14207     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
14208     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
14209     PrevDecl = nullptr;
14210   }
14211 
14212   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
14213     PrevDecl = nullptr;
14214 
14215   bool Mutable
14216     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
14217   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
14218   FieldDecl *NewFD
14219     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
14220                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
14221 
14222   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
14223     Record->setInvalidDecl();
14224 
14225   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14226     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
14227 
14228   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
14229     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
14230     // with the same name in the same scope.
14231   } else if (II) {
14232     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
14233   } else
14234     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
14235 
14236   return NewFD;
14237 }
14238 
14239 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
14240 ///
14241 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
14242 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
14243 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
14244 /// created.
14245 ///
14246 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
14247 ///
14248 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
14249 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
14250                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
14251                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
14252                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
14253                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
14254                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
14255                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
14256                                 Declarator *D) {
14257   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
14258   bool InvalidDecl = false;
14259   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
14260 
14261   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
14262   // marking this declaration as invalid.
14263   if (T.isNull()) {
14264     InvalidDecl = true;
14265     T = Context.IntTy;
14266   }
14267 
14268   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
14269   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
14270     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14271       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
14272       Record->setInvalidDecl();
14273       InvalidDecl = true;
14274     } else {
14275       NamedDecl *Def;
14276       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
14277       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
14278         Record->setInvalidDecl();
14279         InvalidDecl = true;
14280       }
14281     }
14282   }
14283 
14284   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
14285   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14286     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
14287     InvalidDecl = true;
14288   }
14289 
14290   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14291   // than a variably modified type.
14292   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14293     bool SizeIsNegative;
14294     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
14295 
14296     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
14297       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
14298                                                     SizeIsNegative,
14299                                                     Oversized);
14300     if (FixedTInfo) {
14301       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
14302       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
14303       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
14304     } else {
14305       if (SizeIsNegative)
14306         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
14307       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
14308         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
14309           << Oversized.toString(10);
14310       else
14311         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
14312       InvalidDecl = true;
14313     }
14314   }
14315 
14316   // Fields can not have abstract class types
14317   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
14318                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14319                                              AbstractFieldType))
14320     InvalidDecl = true;
14321 
14322   bool ZeroWidth = false;
14323   if (InvalidDecl)
14324     BitWidth = nullptr;
14325   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
14326   if (BitWidth) {
14327     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
14328                               &ZeroWidth).get();
14329     if (!BitWidth) {
14330       InvalidDecl = true;
14331       BitWidth = nullptr;
14332       ZeroWidth = false;
14333     }
14334   }
14335 
14336   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
14337   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
14338     unsigned DiagID = 0;
14339     if (T->isReferenceType())
14340       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
14341                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
14342     else if (T.isConstQualified())
14343       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
14344 
14345     if (DiagID) {
14346       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
14347       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
14348         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
14349       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
14350       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
14351         Mutable = false;
14352         InvalidDecl = true;
14353       }
14354     }
14355   }
14356 
14357   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
14358   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
14359   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
14360   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
14361     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
14362 
14363   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
14364                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
14365   if (InvalidDecl)
14366     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14367 
14368   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14369     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14370     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14371     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14372   }
14373 
14374   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14375     if (Record->isUnion()) {
14376       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14377         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14378         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14379           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
14380           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
14381           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
14382           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
14383           // objects.
14384           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
14385             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14386         }
14387       }
14388 
14389       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
14390       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
14391       // enabled.
14392       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
14393         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
14394                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
14395                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
14396           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
14397         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
14398           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14399       }
14400     }
14401   }
14402 
14403   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
14404   // representation, not a parser representation.
14405   if (D) {
14406     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
14407     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
14408 
14409     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
14410       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
14411   }
14412 
14413   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
14414   // retainable type.
14415   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
14416     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14417 
14418   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
14419     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
14420 
14421   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
14422   return NewFD;
14423 }
14424 
14425 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
14426   assert(FD);
14427   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
14428 
14429   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
14430     return false;
14431 
14432   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14433   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14434     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14435     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14436       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
14437       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
14438       // copy constructors.
14439 
14440       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
14441       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
14442       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
14443       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
14444       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
14445       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
14446       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
14447         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
14448       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
14449         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
14450       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
14451         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
14452       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
14453         member = CXXDestructor;
14454 
14455       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
14456         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
14457             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
14458           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
14459           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
14460           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
14461           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
14462           // members unavailable.
14463           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14464           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
14465             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
14466               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14467                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
14468             return false;
14469           }
14470         }
14471 
14472         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
14473                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
14474                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
14475           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
14476         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
14477         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
14478       }
14479     }
14480   }
14481 
14482   return false;
14483 }
14484 
14485 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
14486 ///  AST enum value.
14487 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
14488 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
14489   switch (ivarVisibility) {
14490   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
14491   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
14492   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
14493   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
14494   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
14495   }
14496 }
14497 
14498 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
14499 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
14500 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
14501                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
14502                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
14503                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
14504 
14505   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14506   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
14507   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14508   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14509 
14510   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
14511   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
14512 
14513   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14514   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14515 
14516   if (BitWidth) {
14517     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
14518     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
14519     if (!BitWidth)
14520       D.setInvalidType();
14521   } else {
14522     // Not a bitfield.
14523 
14524     // validate II.
14525 
14526   }
14527   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
14528     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
14529     D.setInvalidType();
14530   }
14531   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14532   // than a variably modified type.
14533   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14534     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
14535     D.setInvalidType();
14536   }
14537 
14538   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
14539   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
14540     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
14541                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
14542   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
14543   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
14544   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
14545     return nullptr;
14546   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
14547   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14548       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14549     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
14550     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
14551       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
14552       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
14553     }
14554     else
14555       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14556   } else {
14557     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14558         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14559       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
14560         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
14561         return nullptr;
14562       }
14563     }
14564     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14565   }
14566 
14567   // Construct the decl.
14568   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
14569                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
14570                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
14571 
14572   if (II) {
14573     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14574                                            ForRedeclaration);
14575     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
14576         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14577       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14578       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14579       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14580     }
14581   }
14582 
14583   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
14584   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
14585 
14586   if (D.isInvalidType())
14587     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14588 
14589   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
14590   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
14591     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14592 
14593   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14594     NewID->setModulePrivate();
14595 
14596   if (II) {
14597     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
14598     // these to the interface.
14599     S->AddDecl(NewID);
14600     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
14601   }
14602 
14603   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
14604       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
14605     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
14606 
14607   return NewID;
14608 }
14609 
14610 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
14611 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
14612 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
14613 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
14614 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
14615                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
14616   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
14617     return;
14618 
14619   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
14620   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
14621 
14622   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
14623     return;
14624   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
14625   if (!ID) {
14626     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
14627       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
14628         return;
14629     }
14630     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
14631     else
14632       return;
14633   }
14634   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
14635   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
14636   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
14637 
14638   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
14639                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
14640                               Context.CharTy,
14641                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
14642                                                                DeclLoc),
14643                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
14644                               true);
14645   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
14646 }
14647 
14648 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
14649                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
14650                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
14651   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
14652 
14653   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
14654   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
14655   // it will now change.
14656   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14657     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14658     switch (DC->getKind()) {
14659     default: break;
14660     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
14661       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14662       break;
14663     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
14664       Context.
14665         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14666       break;
14667     }
14668   }
14669 
14670   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14671 
14672   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
14673   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
14674   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
14675   if (Record) {
14676     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
14677       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
14678         if (IFD->getDeclName())
14679           ++NumNamedMembers;
14680     }
14681   }
14682 
14683   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
14684   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
14685 
14686   bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false;
14687   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
14688        i != end; ++i) {
14689     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
14690 
14691     // Get the type for the field.
14692     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
14693 
14694     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
14695       // Remember all fields written by the user.
14696       RecFields.push_back(FD);
14697     }
14698 
14699     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
14700     // diagnostics about it.
14701     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14702       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14703       continue;
14704     }
14705 
14706     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
14707     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
14708     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
14709     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
14710     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
14711     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
14712     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
14713     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
14714     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
14715     //   array.
14716     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
14717       // Field declared as a function.
14718       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
14719         << FD->getDeclName();
14720       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14721       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14722       continue;
14723     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
14724                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
14725                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
14726                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
14727                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
14728       // Flexible array member.
14729       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
14730       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
14731       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
14732       unsigned DiagID = 0;
14733       if (Record->isUnion())
14734         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14735                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
14736                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14737                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
14738                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
14739       else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
14740         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14741                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
14742                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14743                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
14744                            : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
14745 
14746       if (DiagID)
14747         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
14748                                         << Record->getTagKind();
14749       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
14750       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
14751       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
14752       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
14753       // of the type.
14754       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
14755         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
14756           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
14757             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14758       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
14759         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
14760           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14761 
14762       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
14763       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
14764       //
14765       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
14766       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
14767       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14768       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
14769         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
14770           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14771         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14772         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14773         continue;
14774       }
14775       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
14776       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14777     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
14778                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14779                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14780       // Incomplete type
14781       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14782       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14783       continue;
14784     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14785       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
14786         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
14787         // flexible array member.
14788         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14789         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
14790           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
14791           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
14792           // structures.
14793           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
14794             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
14795               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14796           else {
14797             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
14798             // other structs as an extension.
14799             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
14800               << FD->getDeclName();
14801           }
14802         }
14803       }
14804       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
14805           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14806                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14807                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
14808         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
14809         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14810       }
14811       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14812         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14813       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
14814         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14815     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
14816       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
14817       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
14818         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
14819       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
14820       FD->setType(T);
14821     } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
14822                Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported &&
14823                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
14824       // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime.
14825       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
14826       // so we just make the field unavailable.
14827       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
14828       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
14829       QualType T = FD->getType();
14830       if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) {
14831         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
14832         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
14833           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
14834             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14835                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
14836           }
14837         } else {
14838           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
14839             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
14840         }
14841         ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true;
14842       }
14843     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
14844                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
14845                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
14846       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14847           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
14848         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14849       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
14850         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14851         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
14852             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14853           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14854         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14855                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
14856                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14857       }
14858     }
14859     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
14860       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14861     // Keep track of the number of named members.
14862     if (FD->getIdentifier())
14863       ++NumNamedMembers;
14864   }
14865 
14866   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
14867   if (Record) {
14868     bool Completed = false;
14869     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14870       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14871         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
14872         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
14873                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
14874                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
14875           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
14876       }
14877 
14878       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
14879         if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
14880           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
14881           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14882             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
14883                                           CXXRecord->getDestructor());
14884         }
14885 
14886         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14887           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
14888           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
14889 
14890           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
14891           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
14892           // problem now.
14893           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
14894             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
14895             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
14896 
14897             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
14898                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
14899                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
14900               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
14901                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
14902                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
14903                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
14904                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
14905                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
14906                   continue;
14907 
14908                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
14909                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
14910                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
14911                 //   program is ill-formed.
14912                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
14913                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
14914                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
14915                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
14916                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
14917                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
14918                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
14919                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
14920                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
14921                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
14922 
14923                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14924               }
14925             }
14926             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
14927             Completed = true;
14928           }
14929         }
14930       }
14931     }
14932 
14933     if (!Completed)
14934       Record->completeDefinition();
14935 
14936     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
14937     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14938       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
14939       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
14940           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor))
14941         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
14942     }
14943 
14944     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
14945       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
14946 
14947       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
14948         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
14949                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
14950                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
14951     }
14952 
14953     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
14954     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
14955     // compatibility problems.
14956     bool CheckForZeroSize;
14957     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14958       CheckForZeroSize = true;
14959     } else {
14960       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
14961       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
14962       CheckForZeroSize =
14963           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
14964           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
14965           CXXRecord->isCLike();
14966     }
14967     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
14968       bool ZeroSize = true;
14969       bool IsEmpty = true;
14970       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
14971       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
14972                                       E = Record->field_end();
14973            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
14974         IsEmpty = false;
14975         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
14976           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
14977             ZeroSize = false;
14978         } else {
14979           ++NonBitFields;
14980           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
14981           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
14982               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
14983             ZeroSize = false;
14984         }
14985       }
14986 
14987       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
14988       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
14989       // extern "C" block.
14990       if (ZeroSize) {
14991         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
14992                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
14993                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
14994           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
14995       }
14996 
14997       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
14998       // but are accepted by GCC.
14999       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15000         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
15001                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
15002           << Record->isUnion();
15003       }
15004     }
15005   } else {
15006     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
15007       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
15008     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
15009       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
15010       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
15011       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15012         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
15013         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
15014       }
15015       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
15016       // duplicates.
15017       if (ID->getSuperClass())
15018         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
15019     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
15020                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
15021       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
15022       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
15023         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
15024         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
15025         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
15026       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
15027       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
15028       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
15029     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
15030                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
15031       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
15032       // reported as errors elsewhere.
15033       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
15034       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
15035       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
15036       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
15037       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
15038       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15039         if (IDecl) {
15040           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
15041               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
15042             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
15043                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
15044             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15045             continue;
15046           }
15047           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
15048             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
15049                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
15050               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
15051                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
15052               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15053               continue;
15054             }
15055           }
15056         }
15057         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
15058         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
15059       }
15060       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
15061       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
15062     }
15063   }
15064 
15065   if (Attr)
15066     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
15067 }
15068 
15069 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
15070 /// the given type T.
15071 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
15072                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
15073                                         QualType T) {
15074   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
15075   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
15076 
15077   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
15078     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
15079       --BitWidth;
15080     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
15081   }
15082   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
15083 }
15084 
15085 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
15086 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
15087 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
15088   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
15089   // enum checking below.
15090   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
15091   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
15092   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
15093     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
15094   };
15095   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
15096     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
15097     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
15098   };
15099 
15100   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
15101   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
15102                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
15103   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
15104     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
15105       return Types[I];
15106 
15107   return QualType();
15108 }
15109 
15110 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
15111                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
15112                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
15113                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
15114                                           Expr *Val) {
15115   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15116   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
15117   QualType EltTy;
15118 
15119   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
15120     Val = nullptr;
15121 
15122   if (Val)
15123     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
15124 
15125   if (Val) {
15126     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
15127       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
15128     else {
15129       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
15130       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
15131           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
15132         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
15133         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
15134         // constant expression of the underlying type.
15135         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
15136         ExprResult Converted =
15137           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
15138                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
15139         if (Converted.isInvalid())
15140           Val = nullptr;
15141         else
15142           Val = Converted.get();
15143       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
15144                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
15145                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
15146         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
15147       } else {
15148         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15149           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
15150 
15151           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
15152           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
15153           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
15154           // expression checking.
15155           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
15156             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
15157               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
15158               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
15159             } else
15160               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
15161           } else
15162             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
15163                                     EltTy->isBooleanType() ?
15164                                     CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast)
15165                     .get();
15166         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15167           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
15168           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
15169           //   is the type of its initializing value:
15170           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
15171           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
15172           EltTy = Val->getType();
15173         } else {
15174           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
15175           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
15176           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
15177           //   representable as an int.
15178 
15179           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
15180           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
15181             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
15182               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
15183               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
15184           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
15185             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
15186             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
15187           }
15188           EltTy = Val->getType();
15189         }
15190       }
15191     }
15192   }
15193 
15194   if (!Val) {
15195     if (Enum->isDependentType())
15196       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
15197     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
15198       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
15199       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
15200       //   is the type of its initializing value:
15201       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
15202       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
15203       //
15204       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
15205       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
15206       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15207         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
15208       }
15209       else {
15210         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
15211       }
15212     } else {
15213       // Assign the last value + 1.
15214       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
15215       ++EnumVal;
15216       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
15217 
15218       // Check for overflow on increment.
15219       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
15220         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
15221         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
15222         //   is the type of its initializing value:
15223         //
15224         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
15225         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
15226         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
15227         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
15228         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
15229         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
15230         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
15231         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
15232           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
15233           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
15234           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
15235           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
15236           ++EnumVal;
15237           if (Enum->isFixed())
15238             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
15239             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
15240               << EnumVal.toString(10)
15241               << EltTy;
15242           else
15243             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
15244               << EnumVal.toString(10);
15245         } else {
15246           EltTy = T;
15247         }
15248 
15249         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
15250         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
15251         // value, then increment.
15252         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
15253         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
15254         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
15255         ++EnumVal;
15256 
15257         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
15258         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
15259         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
15260         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
15261         // integral type.
15262         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
15263           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
15264       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15265                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
15266         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
15267         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
15268           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
15269       }
15270     }
15271   }
15272 
15273   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
15274     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
15275     // enumerator's type.
15276     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
15277     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
15278   }
15279 
15280   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
15281                                   Val, EnumVal);
15282 }
15283 
15284 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
15285                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
15286   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
15287       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15288     return SkipBodyInfo();
15289 
15290   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
15291   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
15292   // skip the body.
15293   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15294                                          ForRedeclaration);
15295   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
15296   if (!PrevECD)
15297     return SkipBodyInfo();
15298 
15299   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
15300   NamedDecl *Hidden;
15301   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
15302     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
15303     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
15304     return Skip;
15305   }
15306 
15307   return SkipBodyInfo();
15308 }
15309 
15310 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
15311                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
15312                               AttributeList *Attr,
15313                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
15314   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
15315   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
15316     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
15317 
15318   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
15319   // we find one that is.
15320   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
15321 
15322   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
15323   // scope.
15324   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15325                                          ForRedeclaration);
15326   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
15327     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15328     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
15329     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15330     PrevDecl = nullptr;
15331   }
15332 
15333   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
15334   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
15335   // different from T:
15336   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
15337   // enumerated type
15338   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
15339     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
15340                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
15341 
15342   EnumConstantDecl *New =
15343     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
15344   if (!New)
15345     return nullptr;
15346 
15347   if (PrevDecl) {
15348     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
15349     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
15350     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
15351            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
15352     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) &&
15353         shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) {
15354       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
15355         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
15356       else
15357         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
15358       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
15359       return nullptr;
15360     }
15361   }
15362 
15363   // Process attributes.
15364   if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
15365   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
15366 
15367   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
15368   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
15369   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
15370 
15371   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
15372 
15373   return New;
15374 }
15375 
15376 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
15377 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
15378 // Element2 = Element1
15379 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
15380 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
15381 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
15382 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
15383   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
15384   if (!InitExpr)
15385     return true;
15386   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
15387 
15388   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
15389     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
15390       return true;
15391     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
15392     if (!IL)
15393       return true;
15394     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
15395       return true;
15396 
15397     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
15398   }
15399 
15400   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
15401   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
15402   if (!DRE)
15403     return true;
15404 
15405   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15406   if (!EnumConstant)
15407     return true;
15408 
15409   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
15410       Enum)
15411     return true;
15412 
15413   return false;
15414 }
15415 
15416 namespace {
15417 struct DupKey {
15418   int64_t val;
15419   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
15420   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
15421     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
15422 };
15423 
15424 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
15425   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
15426                 false);
15427 }
15428 
15429 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
15430   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
15431   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
15432   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
15433     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
15434   }
15435   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
15436     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
15437            LHS.val == RHS.val;
15438   }
15439 };
15440 } // end anonymous namespace
15441 
15442 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
15443 // a previous element has already been set to.
15444 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15445                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
15446                                         QualType EnumType) {
15447   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
15448     return;
15449   // Avoid anonymous enums
15450   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
15451     return;
15452 
15453   // Only check for small enums.
15454   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
15455     return;
15456 
15457   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
15458   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
15459 
15460   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
15461   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
15462           ValueToVectorMap;
15463 
15464   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
15465   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
15466 
15467   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
15468   // an initialier.
15469   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15470     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15471 
15472     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
15473     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
15474     if (!ECD) {
15475       return;
15476     }
15477 
15478     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
15479       continue;
15480 
15481     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15482     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15483 
15484     // First time encountering this value.
15485     if (Entry.isNull())
15486       Entry = ECD;
15487   }
15488 
15489   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
15490   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15491     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15492     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
15493       continue;
15494 
15495     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15496 
15497     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15498     if (Entry.isNull())
15499       continue;
15500 
15501     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
15502       // Ensure constants are different.
15503       if (D == ECD)
15504         continue;
15505 
15506       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
15507       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
15508       Vec->push_back(D);
15509       Vec->push_back(ECD);
15510 
15511       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
15512       Entry = Vec;
15513 
15514       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
15515       // diagnostics.
15516       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
15517       continue;
15518     }
15519 
15520     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
15521     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
15522     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
15523       continue;
15524 
15525     Vec->push_back(ECD);
15526   }
15527 
15528   // Emit diagnostics.
15529   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
15530                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
15531        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
15532     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
15533     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
15534 
15535     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
15536     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
15537     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
15538       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15539       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15540     ++I;
15541 
15542     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
15543     // the same value.
15544     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
15545       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
15546         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15547         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15548     delete Vec;
15549   }
15550 }
15551 
15552 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
15553                              bool AllowMask) const {
15554   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
15555   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
15556 
15557   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
15558   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
15559 
15560   if (R.second) {
15561     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
15562       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
15563       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
15564       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
15565         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
15566     }
15567   }
15568 
15569   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
15570   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
15571   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
15572   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
15573   //
15574   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
15575   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
15576   // likely a logic error.
15577   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
15578   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
15579 }
15580 
15581 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
15582                          Decl *EnumDeclX,
15583                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15584                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
15585   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
15586   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
15587 
15588   if (Attr)
15589     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
15590 
15591   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
15592     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15593       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15594         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15595       if (!ECD) continue;
15596 
15597       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15598     }
15599 
15600     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
15601     return;
15602   }
15603 
15604   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
15605   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
15606   // emit a warning.
15607   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15608   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15609   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
15610 
15611   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
15612   // reverse the list.
15613   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
15614   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
15615 
15616   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
15617   bool AllElementsInt = true;
15618 
15619   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15620     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15621       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15622     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15623 
15624     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15625 
15626     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
15627     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
15628       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
15629                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
15630     else
15631       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
15632                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
15633 
15634     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
15635     if (AllElementsInt)
15636       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
15637   }
15638 
15639   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
15640   QualType BestType;
15641   unsigned BestWidth;
15642 
15643   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
15644   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
15645   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
15646   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
15647   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
15648   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
15649   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
15650   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
15651   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
15652   QualType BestPromotionType;
15653 
15654   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
15655   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
15656   // enum definitions.
15657   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
15658     Packed = true;
15659 
15660   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15661     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
15662     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
15663       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
15664     else
15665       BestPromotionType = BestType;
15666 
15667     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
15668   }
15669   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
15670     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
15671     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
15672     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15673     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
15674       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
15675       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15676     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
15677                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
15678       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
15679       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15680     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
15681       BestType = Context.IntTy;
15682       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15683     } else {
15684       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
15685 
15686       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
15687         BestType = Context.LongTy;
15688       } else {
15689         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15690 
15691         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
15692           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
15693         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
15694       }
15695     }
15696     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
15697   } else {
15698     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
15699     // all of the enumerator values.
15700     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15701     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
15702       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
15703       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15704       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15705     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
15706       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
15707       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15708       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15709     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
15710       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
15711       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15712       BestPromotionType
15713         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15714                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
15715     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
15716                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
15717       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
15718       BestPromotionType
15719         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15720                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
15721     } else {
15722       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15723       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
15724              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
15725       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
15726       BestPromotionType
15727         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15728                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
15729     }
15730   }
15731 
15732   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
15733   // the type of the enum if needed.
15734   for (auto *D : Elements) {
15735     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15736     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15737 
15738     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
15739     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
15740     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
15741     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
15742     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
15743 
15744     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
15745     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15746 
15747     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
15748     // the enum decl type.
15749     QualType NewTy;
15750     unsigned NewWidth;
15751     bool NewSign;
15752     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15753         !Enum->isFixed() &&
15754         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
15755       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
15756       NewWidth = IntWidth;
15757       NewSign = true;
15758     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
15759       // Already the right type!
15760       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15761         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15762         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15763         // enumeration.
15764         ECD->setType(EnumType);
15765       continue;
15766     } else {
15767       NewTy = BestType;
15768       NewWidth = BestWidth;
15769       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
15770     }
15771 
15772     // Adjust the APSInt value.
15773     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
15774     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
15775     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
15776 
15777     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
15778     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
15779         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
15780       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
15781                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
15782                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
15783                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
15784                                                 VK_RValue));
15785     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15786       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15787       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15788       // enumeration.
15789       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15790     else
15791       ECD->setType(NewTy);
15792   }
15793 
15794   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
15795                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
15796 
15797   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
15798 
15799   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
15800     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
15801       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15802       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15803 
15804       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15805       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
15806           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
15807         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
15808           << ECD << Enum;
15809     }
15810   }
15811 
15812   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
15813   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
15814     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
15815 }
15816 
15817 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
15818                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
15819                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
15820   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
15821 
15822   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
15823                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
15824                                                    EndLoc);
15825   CurContext->addDecl(New);
15826   return New;
15827 }
15828 
15829 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
15830                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC,
15831                                      bool FromInclude = false) {
15832   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
15833 
15834   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
15835     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
15836     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
15837       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
15838         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
15839       break;
15840     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
15841       break;
15842     }
15843     DC = LSD->getParent();
15844   }
15845 
15846   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
15847     DC = DC->getParent();
15848 
15849   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
15850     S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M))
15851                           ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop
15852                           : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
15853         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
15854     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
15855            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
15856   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
15857     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
15858       << M->getFullModuleName();
15859     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here);
15860   }
15861 }
15862 
15863 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc,
15864                                            SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
15865                                            ModuleDeclKind MDK,
15866                                            ModuleIdPath Path) {
15867   // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module
15868   // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a
15869   // module map.
15870   switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) {
15871   case LangOptions::CMK_None:
15872     // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit.
15873     break;
15874 
15875   case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface:
15876     if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation)
15877       break;
15878 
15879     // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module
15880     // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing.
15881     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch)
15882       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export ");
15883     break;
15884 
15885   case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap:
15886     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module);
15887     return nullptr;
15888   }
15889 
15890   // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it.
15891 
15892   // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than
15893   // here, in order to support macro import.
15894 
15895   // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map
15896   // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a
15897   // module name.
15898   std::string ModuleName;
15899   for (auto &Piece : Path) {
15900     if (!ModuleName.empty())
15901       ModuleName += ".";
15902     ModuleName += Piece.first->getName();
15903   }
15904 
15905   // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be
15906   // correct.
15907   if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() &&
15908       getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) {
15909     Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch)
15910         << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second)
15911         << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15912     return nullptr;
15913   }
15914   const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName;
15915 
15916   auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap();
15917 
15918   switch (MDK) {
15919   case ModuleDeclKind::Module: {
15920     // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule.
15921 
15922     // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a
15923     // module map defining it already.
15924     if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) {
15925       Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName;
15926       if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid())
15927         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition);
15928       else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile())
15929         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file)
15930             << FE->getName();
15931       return nullptr;
15932     }
15933 
15934     // Create a Module for the module that we're defining.
15935     Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName);
15936     assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail");
15937 
15938     // Enter the semantic scope of the module.
15939     ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod);
15940     return nullptr;
15941   }
15942 
15943   case ModuleDeclKind::Partition:
15944     // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module.
15945     return nullptr;
15946 
15947   case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation:
15948     std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc(
15949         PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second);
15950 
15951     DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc);
15952     if (Import.isInvalid())
15953       return nullptr;
15954     return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get());
15955   }
15956 
15957   llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind");
15958 }
15959 
15960 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
15961                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
15962                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
15963   Module *Mod =
15964       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
15965                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
15966   if (!Mod)
15967     return true;
15968 
15969   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
15970 
15971   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15972 
15973   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
15974   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
15975   // silently ignoring the import.
15976   // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we
15977   // warn on a redundant import of the current module?
15978   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule &&
15979       (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS))
15980     Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()
15981                         ? diag::err_module_self_import
15982                         : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
15983         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15984 
15985   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
15986   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
15987   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
15988     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
15989     // We need the length to be consistent.
15990     if (!ModCheck)
15991       break;
15992     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
15993 
15994     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
15995   }
15996 
15997   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15998   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc,
15999                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
16000   if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
16001     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import);
16002   TU->addDecl(Import);
16003   return Import;
16004 }
16005 
16006 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
16007   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
16008   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
16009 }
16010 
16011 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
16012   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
16013   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
16014   // implementation detail of us building the module.
16015   //
16016   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
16017   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
16018       TUKind == TU_Module &&
16019       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
16020 
16021   bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes;
16022 
16023   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
16024   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
16025   if (ShouldAddImport) {
16026     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
16027     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
16028                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
16029                                                      DirectiveLoc);
16030     if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
16031       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD);
16032     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
16033     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
16034   }
16035 
16036   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
16037   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
16038 }
16039 
16040 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
16041   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
16042 
16043   ModuleScopes.push_back({});
16044   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
16045   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
16046     ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules);
16047 
16048   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
16049 
16050   // The enclosing context is now part of this module.
16051   // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities
16052   // lexically within the module.
16053   if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) {
16054     for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) {
16055       cast<Decl>(DC)->setHidden(true);
16056       cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod);
16057     }
16058   }
16059 }
16060 
16061 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) {
16062   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
16063     VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules);
16064     // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache
16065     // is now out of date.
16066     VisibleNamespaceCache.clear();
16067   }
16068 
16069   assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod &&
16070          "left the wrong module scope");
16071   ModuleScopes.pop_back();
16072 
16073   // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an
16074   // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module.
16075   FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc);
16076   SourceLocation DirectiveLoc;
16077   if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) {
16078     // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc.
16079     assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() &&
16080            "end of submodule in main source file");
16081     DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File);
16082   } else {
16083     // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location.
16084     DirectiveLoc = EomLoc;
16085   }
16086   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
16087 
16088   // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to.
16089   if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) {
16090     // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered
16091     // the module within.
16092     for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) {
16093       cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule());
16094       if (!getCurrentModule())
16095         cast<Decl>(DC)->setHidden(false);
16096     }
16097   }
16098 }
16099 
16100 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
16101                                                       Module *Mod) {
16102   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
16103   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery ||
16104       VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod))
16105     return;
16106 
16107   // Create the implicit import declaration.
16108   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
16109   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
16110                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
16111   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
16112   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
16113 
16114   // Make the module visible.
16115   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
16116   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
16117 }
16118 
16119 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
16120 /// (if present).
16121 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
16122                                  SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16123   ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc);
16124 
16125   // C++ Modules TS draft:
16126   //   An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than
16127   //   the global module.
16128   if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().Module ||
16129       ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind != Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit)
16130     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface);
16131 
16132   //   An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one
16133   //   export keyword.
16134   //
16135   // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another
16136   // export-declaration.
16137   if (D->isExported())
16138     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export);
16139 
16140   CurContext->addDecl(D);
16141   PushDeclContext(S, D);
16142   return D;
16143 }
16144 
16145 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
16146 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
16147   auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D);
16148   if (RBraceLoc.isValid())
16149     ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
16150 
16151   // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including
16152   // anonymous namespace).
16153 
16154   PopDeclContext();
16155   return D;
16156 }
16157 
16158 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
16159                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
16160                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
16161                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
16162                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
16163   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
16164                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
16165   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
16166       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
16167 
16168   // If a declaration that:
16169   // 1) declares a function or a variable
16170   // 2) has external linkage
16171   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
16172   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
16173     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
16174       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
16175     else
16176       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
16177           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
16178   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
16179   } else
16180     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
16181 }
16182 
16183 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
16184                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
16185                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
16186   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
16187 
16188   if (PrevDecl) {
16189     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
16190   } else {
16191     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
16192       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
16193         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
16194   }
16195 }
16196 
16197 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
16198                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
16199                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
16200                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
16201                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
16202   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
16203                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
16204   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
16205 
16206   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
16207     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
16208       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
16209         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
16210   } else {
16211     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
16212       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
16213   }
16214 }
16215 
16216 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
16217   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
16218 }
16219